We can turn on the RX/TX checksum offloads by default and make sure that
those are properly reflected back to e.g: stacked devices such as VLAN
or DSA.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver resume and open, the HW may have lost its context/state,
utilize bcm_sysport_set_features() to make sure we do restore the
correct set of features that were previously configured.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally enabling TX and RX checksum offloads,
refactor bcm_sysport_set_features() a bit such that
__netdev_update_features() during register_netdev() can make sure that
features are correctly programmed during network device registration.
Since we can now be called during register_netdev() with clocks gated,
we need to temporarily turn them on/off in order to have a successful
register programming.
We also move the CRC forward setting read into
bcm_sysport_set_features() since priv->crc_fwd matters while turning on
RX checksum offload, that way we are guaranteed they are in sync in case
we ever add support for NETIF_F_RXFCS at some point in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds switch for flow director with ethtool command
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all flow director rules when unload hns3 driver.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing reset, remove all entries in TCAM block, and keep flow
director rules list. After finishing reset, restore all entries.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for querying rule number and rule details
by ethtool commands.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for add and delete rule by ethtool commands.
HNS3 driver supports several flow types, include ETHER_FLOW,
IP_USER_FLOW, TCP_V4_FLOW, UDP_V4_FLOW, SCTP_V4_FLOW, IPV6_USER_FLOW,
TCP_V6_FLOW, UDP_V6_FLOW and SCTP_V6_FLOW.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each flow director rule consists of input key and action. The input key
is the condition for matching, includes tuples of L2/L3/L4 header.
Action is the behaviour when a packet matches with the input key, such
as drop the packet, or forward to a specified queue.
The input key is stored in the tcam blocks, Each bit of input key can
be masked.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow director is a new feature supported by hardware with revision 0x21.
This patch adds flow direcor initialization for each PF. It queries flow
director mode and tcam resource from firmware, selects tuples used for
input key.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is one step in allowing phylib to make use of link_mode bitmaps,
instead of u32 for supported and advertised features. Convert the phy
drivers to use bitmaps to indicates the features they support.
Build bitmap equivalents of the u32 values at runtime, and have the
drivers point to the appropriate bitmap. These bitmaps are shared, and
we don't want a driver to modify them. So mark them __ro_after_init.
Within phylib, the features bitmap is currently turned back into a
u32. This will be removed once the whole of phylib, and the drivers
are converted to use bitmaps.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro PHY_GBIT_FEAUTRES needs to change into a bitmap in order to
support link_modes. Remove its use from xgde by replacing it with its
definition.
Probably, the current behavior is wrong. It probably should be
ANDing not assigning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to convert the local advertising to an LCL capabilities,
which is then used to resolve pause flow control settings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add phydev_info() and make use of it within the phy drivers and core
code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all new style LINK_MODE bits can be converted into old style
SUPPORTED bits. We need to warn when such a conversion is attempted.
Add a helper for this.
Convert all pr_warn() calls to phydev_warn() where possible.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phylink has some useful helpers to working with linkmode bitmaps.
Move them to there own header so other code can use them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserve two TLV types for feature development, and warn in the driver
if they ever leak into production.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Address compiler warning reported by kbuild autobuilders
when building for i386 as a result of dma_addr_t size on
different architectures.
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
[-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Fixes: 7e8d5755be ("net: nixge: Add support for 64-bit platforms")
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various documented examples on how to set up tx99 with ath9k rely
on setting up a regular monitor interface for setting the channel.
My previous patch "ath9k: fix tx99 with monitor mode interface" made
it possible to set it up this way again. However, it was removing support
for using an active monitor interface, which is required for controlling
the bitrate as well, since the bitrate is not passed down with a regular
monitor interface.
This patch partially reverts the previous one, but keeps support for using
a regular monitor interface to keep documented steps working in cases
where the bitrate does not matter
Fixes: d9c52fd17c ("ath9k: fix tx99 with monitor mode interface")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath10k_hw_diag_fast_download() generally has good boundary checking, but
it misses verifying that the next metadata header actually fits in the
remaining buffer space. Add such a check.
Fixes: 39501ea641 ("ath10k: download firmware via diag Copy Engine for QCA6174 and QCA9377.")
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the debug print code is outside of the loop, it shouldn't use the loop
iterator anymore but instead print the found maximum index.
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FFT max index retrieval was not retrieved correctly for HT20/HT40 FFT
frames. Fixing the retrieval allows us to remove the fixup function as
well. While at it, split the spectral_max_index function into versions
for ht20 and ht40 to simplify the code.
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With the loop break like this, there are false "FFT report truncated"
messages because the iterator is not advanced as the check expects.
Instead, just return, for a single frame there is nothing left to be
done anyways.
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is helpful to see whether spectral samples get discarded.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This series includes updates to mlx5e ethernet netdevice driver:
From Or Gerlitz:
1) Support masks for l3/l4 filters in ethtool flow steering
2) Report checksum unnecessary also when the L3 checksum flag on the
cqe is set and there's no L4 header
3) Allow reporting of checksum unnecessary, using an ethtool private flag.
From Gavi Teitz and Or, VF representors netdevs performance improvements
4) Allow striding RQ in VF representor and bigger RQ size, ~3X performance improvement
5) Enable stateless offloads for VF representor, csum and TSO, 1.5X performance improvement
6) RSS Support for VF representors
6.1) Allow flow table destination fir VF representor steering rule.
6.2) Create RSS flow table per representor netdev
6.3) Expose mlx5e RSS ethtool to be used by representor netdevs
6.4) Enable multi-queue and RSS for VF representors, using mlx5e existing infrastructure
for managing a multi-queue RX RSS tables.
From Alaa Hleihel:
7) Cache the system image guid, The system image guid is a read-only field
Read this once and save it on the core device.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbsmk5AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+S+IIAMpGR1b79uPjCIdZSTxLlCvg
xGdc3MGQ4Lv+DuUEP1DQpZDIAJQeh10KqICGfRZxo7d4jUtajwujwaUylkZrb9da
QNIeK2FLMXkxQo51owZxXgdAy8BNpPmg3D7xI/O/DET4UWCKRmZ/4eJfWLG7r8qp
+BEqQmJjhY67mj1tuzJ1JsysrOvUhfXEwqJGgBCLlME8KVWh0No4fTsrAlKBmeec
kYxaW9hS57LKOu32y8LdYb830yHDjUqtWAd+5cGWNTOaygm0dd5ZPVnR9oJ/Ga7I
Ru64aMMQoLuRbMfryUh8gYZ/oIwP48oIIr3Wler5SXkHxEKR++F5fJrApgxvibA=
=ivVt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-10-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-10-01
This series includes updates to mlx5e ethernet netdevice driver:
From Or Gerlitz:
1) Support masks for l3/l4 filters in ethtool flow steering
2) Report checksum unnecessary also when the L3 checksum flag on the
cqe is set and there's no L4 header
3) Allow reporting of checksum unnecessary, using an ethtool private flag.
From Gavi Teitz and Or, VF representors netdevs performance improvements
4) Allow striding RQ in VF representor and bigger RQ size, ~3X performance improvement
5) Enable stateless offloads for VF representor, csum and TSO, 1.5X performance improvement
6) RSS Support for VF representors
6.1) Allow flow table destination fir VF representor steering rule.
6.2) Create RSS flow table per representor netdev
6.3) Expose mlx5e RSS ethtool to be used by representor netdevs
6.4) Enable multi-queue and RSS for VF representors, using mlx5e existing infrastructure
for managing a multi-queue RX RSS tables.
From Alaa Hleihel:
7) Cache the system image guid, The system image guid is a read-only field
Read this once and save it on the core device.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-10-01
This series contains updates to ice driver only.
Anirudh provides several changes to "prep" the driver for upcoming
features. Specifically, the functions that are used for PF VSI/netdev
setup will also be used in SR-IOV support and to allow the reuse of
these functions, code needs to move.
Dave provides the only other change in the series, updates the driver to
protect the reset patch in its entirety. This is done by adding the
various bit checks to determine if a reset is scheduled/initiated and
whether it came from the software or firmware.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, there is no bit, or set of bits, that protect the entirety
of the reset path.
If the reset is originated by the driver, then the relevant
one of the following bits will be set when the reset is scheduled:
__ICE_PFR_REQ
__ICE_CORER_REQ
__ICE_GLOBR_REQ
This bit will not be cleared until after the rebuild has completed.
If the reset is originated by the FW, then the first the driver knows of
it will be the reception of the OICR interrupt. The __ICE_RESET_OICR_RECV
bit will be set in the interrupt handler. This will also be the indicator
in a SW originated reset that we have completed the pre-OICR tasks and
have informed the FW that a reset was requested.
To utilize these bits, change the function:
ice_is_reset_recovery_pending()
to be:
ice_is_reset_in_progress()
The new function will check all of the above bits in the pf->state and
will return a true if one or more of these bits are set.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch completes the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_setup
ice_vsi_cfg_tc
The following functions were made static again:
ice_vsi_setup_vector_base
ice_vsi_alloc_q_vectors
ice_vsi_get_qs
void ice_vsi_map_rings_to_vectors
ice_vsi_alloc_rings
ice_vsi_set_rss_params
ice_vsi_set_num_qs
ice_get_free_slot
ice_vsi_init
ice_vsi_alloc_arrays
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_setup_vector_base
ice_vsi_alloc_q_vectors
ice_vsi_get_qs
The following functions were made static again:
ice_vsi_free_arrays
ice_vsi_clear_rings
Also, in this patch, the netdev and NAPI registration logic was de-coupled
from the VSI creation logic (ice_vsi_setup) as for SR-IOV, while we want to
create VF VSIs using ice_vsi_setup, we don't want to create netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_clear
ice_vsi_close
ice_vsi_free_arrays
ice_vsi_map_rings_to_vectors
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_alloc_rings
ice_vsi_set_rss_params
ice_vsi_set_num_qs
ice_get_free_slot
ice_vsi_init
ice_vsi_clear_rings
ice_vsi_alloc_arrays
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_delete
ice_free_res
ice_get_res
ice_is_reset_recovery_pending
ice_vsi_put_qs
ice_vsi_dis_irq
ice_vsi_free_irq
ice_vsi_free_rx_rings
ice_vsi_free_tx_rings
ice_msix_clean_rings
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_start_rx_rings
ice_vsi_stop_rx_rings
ice_vsi_stop_tx_rings
ice_vsi_cfg_rxqs
ice_vsi_cfg_txqs
ice_vsi_cfg_msix
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The functions that are used for PF VSI/netdev setup will also be used
for SR-IOV support. To allow reuse of these functions, move these
functions out of ice_main.c to ice_common.c/ice_lib.c
This move is done across multiple patches. Each patch moves a few
functions and may have minor adjustments. For example, a function that was
previously static in ice_main.c will be made non-static temporarily in
its new location to allow the driver to build cleanly. These adjustments
will be removed in subsequent patches where more code is moved out of
ice_main.c
In this particular patch, the following functions were moved out of
ice_main.c:
int ice_add_mac_to_list
ice_free_fltr_list
ice_stat_update40
ice_stat_update32
ice_update_eth_stats
ice_vsi_add_vlan
ice_vsi_kill_vlan
ice_vsi_manage_vlan_insertion
ice_vsi_manage_vlan_stripping
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The system image guid is a read-only field which is used by the TC
offloads code to determine if two mlx5 devices belong to the same
ASIC while adding flows.
Read this once and save it on the core device rather than querying each
time an offloaded flow is added.
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently we practically never report checksum unnecessary, because
for all IP packets we take the checksum complete path.
Enable non-default runs with reprorting checksum unnecessary, using
an ethtool private flag. This can be useful for performance evals
and other explorations.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We can report checksum unnecessary also when the L3 checksum
flag on the cqe is set and there's no L4 header.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Increased the amount of channels the representors can open to be the
amount of CPUs. The default amount opened remains one.
Used the standard NIC netdev functions to:
* Set RSS params when building the representors' params.
* Setup an indirect TIR and RQT for the representors upon
initialization.
* Create a TTC flow table for the representors' indirect TIR (when
creating the TTC table, mlx5e_set_ttc_basic_params() is not called,
in order to avoid setting the inner_ttc param, which is not needed).
Added ethtool control to the representors for setting and querying
the amount of open channels. Additionally, included logic in the
representors' ethtool set channels handler which controls a
representor's vport rx rule, so that if there is one open channel
the rx rule steers traffic to the representor's direct TIR, whereas
if there is more than one channel, the rx rule steers traffic to the
new TTC flow table.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Towards enabling RSS for the vport representors, expose the functions for
querying the rss hash key size and indirection table size via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Towards enabling RSS for the vport representors, extract the
procedure for building a device's RSS params, and expose the
function.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change the driver functions that deal with creating indirect tirs
to get a flag telling if inner ttc is desired.
A pre-step for enabling rss on the vport representors, where
inner ttc is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the destination for the representor e-switch rx rule is
a TIR number. Towards changing that to potentially be a flow table,
as part of enabling RSS for representors, modify the signature of
the related e-switch API to get a flow destination.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cleaning up the flow of the representors' rx initialization, towards
enabling RSS for the representors.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Enabled checksum and TSO offloads for the representors, in
order to increase their performance, which is required to
increase the performance of flows that cannot be offloaded.
Checksum offloads contribute to a general acceleration of all
traffic (to around 150%), whereas the TSO offload contributes
to a prominent acceleration of the representor's TX for traffic
flows with larger than MTU sized packets (to around 200%). This
is the usual case for TCP streams, as the PF, which serves as
the uplink representor, and the VF representors employ GRO before
forwarding the packets to the representor.
GRO was enabled implicitly for the representors beforehand, and
is explicitly enabled here to ensure that the representors preserve
the performance boost it provides (of around 200%) when working in
tandem with the TSO offload by the forwardee, which is the standard
case as both the PF and the VF representors employ HW TSO.
The impact of these changes can be seen in the following
measurements taken on a setup of a VM over a VF, connected
to OVS via the VF representor, to an external host:
Before current changes:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
External host to VM ~ 10.5
VM to external host ~ 23.5
With just checksum offloads enabled:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
External host to VM ~ 14.9
VM to external host ~ 28.5
With the TSO offload also enabled:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
External host to VM ~ 30.5
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The representors' RQ size was not large enough for them to achieve
high enough performance, and therefore needed to be enlarged, while
suffering a minimum hit to its memory usage. To achieve this the
representors RQ size was increased, and its type was changed to be a
striding RQ if it is supported.
Towards that goal the following changes were made:
* Extracted the sequence for setting the standard netdev's RQ parmas
into a function
* Replaced the sequence for setting the representor's RQ params with
the standard sequence
The impact of this change can be seen in the following measurements
taken on a setup of a VM over a VF, connected to OVS via the VF
representor, to an external host:
Before current change:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
VM to external host ~ 7.2
With the current change (measured with a striding RQ):
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
VM to external host ~ 23.5
Each representor now consumes 2 [MB] of memory for its packet
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow using partial masks for L3 addresses and L4 ports across
the place.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In flow steering, if asked to, the hardware matches on the first ethertype
which is not vlan. It's possible to set a rule as follows, which is meant
to match on untagged packet, but will match on a vlan packet:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip flower ...
To avoid this for packets with single tag, we set vlan masks to tell
hardware to check the tags for every matched packet.
Fixes: 095b6cfd69 ('net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan match parsing')
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The code that deals with eswitch vport bw guarantee was going beyond the
eswitch vport array limit, fix that. This was pointed out by the kernel
address sanitizer (KASAN).
The error from KASAN log:
[2018-09-15 15:04:45] BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in
mlx5_eswitch_set_vport_rate+0x8c1/0xae0 [mlx5_core]
Fixes: c9497c9890 ("net/mlx5: Add support for setting VF min rate")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If the peer device was already unbound, then do not attempt to modify
it's resources, otherwise we will crash on dereferencing non-existing
device.
Fixes: 5c65c564c9 ("net/mlx5e: Support offloading TC NIC hairpin flows")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
* TKIP implementation in new devices;
* Fix for the shared antenna setting in 22000 series;
* Report that we set the RU offset in HE code;
* Fix some register addresses in 22000 series;
* Fix one FW feature TLV that had a conflict with another value;
* A couple of fixes for SoftAP mode;
* Work continues for new 22560 hardware;
* Some fixes in the datapath;
* Some debugging and other general fixes;
* Some cleanups, small improvements and other general fixes;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=5Y2V
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2018-09-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
Second set of iwlwifi patches for 4.20
* TKIP implementation in new devices;
* Fix for the shared antenna setting in 22000 series;
* Report that we set the RU offset in HE code;
* Fix some register addresses in 22000 series;
* Fix one FW feature TLV that had a conflict with another value;
* A couple of fixes for SoftAP mode;
* Work continues for new 22560 hardware;
* Some fixes in the datapath;
* Some debugging and other general fixes;
* Some cleanups, small improvements and other general fixes;
Trivial fix to spelling mistake struct field name, rename it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure that wifi device is of supported variant by checking it's CHIP ID
before completing a probe sequence.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Waiting for "completion" to be set in FW load thread can not be used
in case PCIe remove is called before FW load work was scheduled.
Just wait for work completion instead to avoid problems.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Extract platform-independent PCIe driver code into a separate file, and
use it from platform-specific modules.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A few include directives were missing in bus.h resulting in dependency
of include order in other modules. Add missing includes.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename several functions to indicate that they are platform specific.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move platform-independent PCIe data structure to a separate header file
so it can be reused by different devices.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
tx_lock name will later be reused when common pcie code is extracted to
separate files.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation to extract common PCIe driver state, indicate
PEARL-specific structures by their name and move them to pearl-specific
source file.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation to extract common pcie driver state into a separate
structure, rename Pearl-specific state to qtnf_pcie_pearl_state and move
it directly to pearl-specific PCIe source file.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation to extract common qtnfmac PCIe driver sources into a
separate file, move existing Pearl-specific pcie driver sources to pcie/
directory.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware name is only needed at probe stage, no point in keeping it in
driver state structure.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement custom rt2800mmio flush routine and change txstatus
routine to read TX_STA_FIFO also in the tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use different tx status timeouts for normal operation and when flushing.
This increase timeout to 2s for normal operation as when there are bad
radio conditions and frames are reposted many times device can not provide
the status for quite long. With new timeout we can still get valid status
on such bad conditions.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not check for tx status timeout everytime we perform txstatus tasklet.
Perform check once per half a second.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use usb txdone/txstatus routines (now in rt2800libc) for mmio devices.
Note this also change how we handle INT_SOURCE_CSR_TX_FIFO_STATUS
interrupt. Now it is disabled since IRQ routine till end of the txstatus
tasklet (the same behaviour like others interrupts). Reason to do not
disable this interrupt was not to miss any tx status from 16 entries
FIFO register. Now, since we check for tx status timeout, we can
allow to miss some tx statuses. However this will be improved in further
patch where I also implement read status FIFO register in the tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to reuse usb txdone/txstatus routines for mmio, move them
to common rt2800lib.c file.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtcoutsrc.c:1327:34:
warning: implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum
btc_chip_interface' to different enumeration type 'enum
wifionly_chip_interface' [-Wenum-conversion]
wifionly_cfg->chip_interface = BTC_INTF_PCI;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtcoutsrc.c:1330:34:
warning: implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum
btc_chip_interface' to different enumeration type 'enum
wifionly_chip_interface' [-Wenum-conversion]
wifionly_cfg->chip_interface = BTC_INTF_USB;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtcoutsrc.c:1333:34:
warning: implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum
btc_chip_interface' to different enumeration type 'enum
wifionly_chip_interface' [-Wenum-conversion]
wifionly_cfg->chip_interface = BTC_INTF_UNKNOWN;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3 warnings generated.
Use the values from the correct enumerated type, wifionly_chip_interface.
BTC_INTF_UNKNOWN = WIFIONLY_INTF_UNKNOWN = 0
BTC_INTF_PCI = WIFIONLY_INTF_PCI = 1
BTC_INTF_USB = WIFIONLY_INTF_USB = 2
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/135
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/debug.c:1031:14: warning: address of
array 'ah->sbands' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
BUG_ON(!ah->sbands);
~~~~~^~~~~~
./include/asm-generic/bug.h:61:45: note: expanded from macro 'BUG_ON'
#define BUG_ON(condition) do { if (unlikely(condition)) BUG(); } while (0)
^~~~~~~~~
./include/linux/compiler.h:77:42: note: expanded from macro 'unlikely'
# define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 0)
^
1 warning generated.
Given that this condition is always false because of the logical not,
just remove it.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/130
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context.
drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_mac80211.c:927:50: warning: address of
array 'key->key' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
if (vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION && key->key &&
~~ ~~~~~^~~
1 warning generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/136
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns when multiple pairs of parentheses are used for a single
conditional statement.
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:5655:28: warning: equality
comparison with extraneous parentheses [-Wparentheses-equality]
if ((priv->ieee->iw_mode == IW_MODE_ADHOC)) {
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:5655:28: note: remove
extraneous parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning
if ((priv->ieee->iw_mode == IW_MODE_ADHOC)) {
~ ^ ~
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:5655:28: note: use '=' to
turn this equality comparison into an assignment
if ((priv->ieee->iw_mode == IW_MODE_ADHOC)) {
^~
=
1 warning generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/134
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/pm.c: In function 'wil_suspend_keep_radio_on':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/pm.c:193:16: warning:
variable 'start' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
'fops_dump_nfcal' is not used since commit 4447d815fd ("ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Let user can reset station airtime status by debugfs, it will
reset all airtime deficit to ATH_AIRTIME_QUANTUM and reset rx/tx
airtime accumulate to 0.
Signed-off-by: Louie Lu <git@louie.lu>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
CE buffers are cleaned up prior to napi disable and this is causing
NULL pointer dereference due to "use after free".
Disable napi before resource cleanup to avoid "use after free".
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is unbalanced napi_{enable,disable}() behavior as they
are being called from hif_snoc_{power_up/stop).
The fix is to call napi_enable() from ath10k_snoc_hif_start()
so that it matches with napi_disable() being called from
ath10k_snoc_hif_stop().
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With the latest firmware design, the beacon interval should be
greater than 100 to bring the multiple vaps.
Set beacon_int_min_gcd to 100, when the wmi service
WMI_SERVICE_VDEV_DIFFERENT_BEACON_INTERVAL_SUPPORT is enabled
in the firmware. If not, beacon_int_min_gcd will be set
to the default value 1.
Tested in QCA4019 with firmware ver 10.4-3.2.1.1-00015
Tested in QCA9888 with firmware ver 10.4-3.5.1-0005
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <mkenna@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch helps to get the power save state change of each peer
connected to the AP. With WMI_10_4_PEER_STA_PS_STATECHG_EVENTID
event, ps state of each peer is reported to user space via
debugfs.
Use the below command to get the ps state of each sta:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev::wlanX/stations/
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/peer_ps_state
If STA is in power save state, we get the peer_ps_state value as 1.
if STA is not in power save state, we get the peer_ps_state value as 0.
If ps_state event is disabled, we get the peer_ps_state value as 2.
We can enable/disable the ps_state events using the debugfs flag
"ps_state_enable"
echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/ps_state_enable
Y = 1 to enable and Y = 0 to disable
Tested in QCA4019 with firmware ver 10.4-3.2.1.1-00011
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <mkenna@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
By default the firmware uses 1Mbps and 6Mbps rate for management packets
in 2G and 5G bands respectively. But when the user selects different
basic rates from the userspace, we need to send the management
packets at the lowest basic rate selected by the user.
This change makes use of WMI_VDEV_PARAM_MGMT_RATE param for configuring the
management packets rate to the firmware.
Chipsets Tested : QCA988X, QCA9887, QCA9984
FW Tested : 10.2.4-1.0-41, 10.4-3.6.104
Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The hw_params value will only be used if it was explicitly set in the
global hw_params array.
This makes it possible to have the num_peers member unset.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since commit 9d5804662c ("ath10k: retrieve MAC address from system
firmware if provided"), we support pulling our MAC address from system
firmware. Along with this, we should admit that it's possible for system
firmware to be screwed up as well, omitting the MAC address there.
Provide a fallback, such that we choose a randomly-generated MAC
address, with the local assignment bit set.
This is not a preferred mode of operation and really should only serve
the purpose of keeping the system chugging along while someone figures
out what's wrong with the system. Grepping through other wireless
drivers shows very similar fallback logic though, so why not?
git grep eth_random_addr drivers/net/wireless/
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The tx_status for management frames is being filled
incorrectly in the flags of skb_cb. This incorrect
flag setting causes the upper layers to consider that
the particular frame was not transmitted properly,
leading to improper behavior.
Set the IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK flag in the info flags
of skb_cb, to indicate the successful transmission of
the management frame.
Tested HW: WCN3990
Tested FW: WLAN.HL.2.0-01188-QCAHLSWMTPLZ-1
Fixes: dc405152bb
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pillai <pillair@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vdev-start-response message should cause the
completion to fire, even in the error case. Otherwise,
the user still gets no useful information and everything
is blocked until the timeout period.
Add some warning text to print out the invalid status
code to aid debugging, and propagate failure code.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the first virtual interface is a station (or an AP with beacons
temporarily disabled), the beacon of the second interface needs to
occupy hardware beacon slot 0.
For some reason the beacon index was incorrectly masked with the
virtual interface beacon mask, which prevents the secondary
interface from sending beacons unless the first one also does.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
ps-poll response frames can be sent via drv_tx. Store the frame sequence number
for such frames, in case a BlockAckReq needs to be sent
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Hardware station lookup for pspoll frames can fail, which makes the driver
ignore ps-poll frames. Fix the resulting powersave issues by looking up
the station for pspoll frames in software
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x0u_tx_prepare_skb routine in usb module in
order to remove leftover usb dependency from generic code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Read eeprom data from mtd memory by default and fall-back
to efuse if it fails
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x0e_start and mt76x0e_stop mac80211
callbacks to start/stop device mac opening/closing
the netdevice
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add ieee80211_ops ops pointer to mt76x0_alloc_device routine signature
in order to specify mac80211 callbacks and remove usb dependency from
mt76x0 generic code.
Move mt76x0_ops callbacks in usb module in order to remove leftover
usb dependency in mt76x0 generic code.
Introduce mt76x0e_ops mac80211 callbacks for pci code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_phy_set_rxpath and mt76x02_phy_tx_dac routines in
mt76x02_phy.c since they are shared between mt76x2 and mt76x0 drivers.
Moreover move chainmask variable from mt76x2/mt76x0 to mt76_dev data
structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x0_ant_select routine in __mt76x0_phy_set_channel in order to
configure antenna parameters according to the current wireless channel
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x0e_register_device routine in pci.c
to initialize the device during hw probe.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move usb initialization code in mt76x0-usb module in
order to remove usb dependency from generic init code
(not completed yet). Moreover fix a memory leak in usb probe
if mt76x02_wait_for_mac fails
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x02_mac_start since the mac start code is shared between
mt76x0e and mt76x2 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Initialize rxfilter mask at bootstrap an not at mac start.
This is a preliminary patch to share mt76x2_mac_start routine
between mt76x2e and mt76x0e drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove MT_PBF_SYS_CTRL configuration in mt76x0_reset_csr_bbp since
it is already initialized in mt76x0_init_mac_registers routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove MT_HEADER_TRANS_CTRL_REG/MT_TSO_CTRL configuration
since they are already initialized in mt76x0_init_mac_registers
routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76x02_wait_for_wpdma and mt76x02_wait_for_txrx_idle
utility routines in mt76x0_init_hardware and mt76x0_mac_start
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move usb mcu code in a dedicated source file in order to remove
usb dependency from generic source files and improve code
maintainability
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move pci mcu code in a dedicated source file in order to
improve maintainability and facilitate new device support
development
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update mac/rf/dcoc initial values to latest version of vendor driver.
Improve code readability
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_wait_for_bbp utility routine in mt76x02_util.h
in order to be resued by mt76x0 driver. Morover rename it in
mt76x02_wait_for_txrx_idle
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mmio implementation of mt76_mmio_rd_rp and
mt76_mmio_wr_rp and remove mt76x2 duplicated code.
mt76_mmio_{wr,rd}_rp allows to reuse mt76x0 init code
adding mt76x0e support
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_beacon_offset utility routine in mt76x02-lib module
since it is shared between mt76x0 and mt76x2 driver and remove
duplicated code. Moreover move beacon_offset data structure in
mt76x02-lib module since it is shared between mt76x0 and mt76x2
drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_dma_init, mt76x02_init_rx_queue and mt76x02_init_tx_queue
routines in mt76x02-lib module in order to be reused by mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_set_irq_mask, mt76x02_irq_enable and mt76x02_irq_disable
in mt76x02-lib module in order to be reused by mt76x0 driver.
Moreover move irq_lock and irqmask in mt76_mmio data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x02_dma_enable and mt76x02_dma_disable utility routines
in order to be reused in mt76x0 mac configuration and remove duplicated
code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move wait_for_wpdma utility routine in mt76x02_dma.h
in order to be reused by mt76x0 driver. Moreover add
the possibility to specify the timeout value in
wait_for_wpdma signature
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_poll utility routine in mt76x0_set_wlan_state to check
if the PLL/XTAL is ready
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the WLAN core is still active during initialization, it might cause
the MCU or DMA to hang. This can happen during soft reboot, so disable
the core + clock early to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-LINK Archer T1U do not support 2.4GHz band despite EEPROM
reports that. Add quirk to mask out 2.4GHz support.
Reported-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt76 uses __skb_pad() with free_on_error set to true, this is the same
as calling skb_pad().
This patch does not change any functionality, but it makes it easier to
backport this driver in backports, because skb_pad() is also available
in older kernel versions.
Fixes: b40b15e152 ("mt76: add usb support to mt76 layer")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
print fw_ver and build_ver members of struct mt76x02_fw_header, similarly
to what appears in the output of 'dmesg' when the MCU firmware is loaded.
Reported-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x0_phy_set_txpower routine in order to configure
base and per rate tx power gain. Moreover take into account
txpower_conf in order to limit the tx power gain according to
the bound provided by mac80211
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76 shared debugfs implementation and remove duplicated code
in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to unify eeprom parsing between mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers,
remove eeprom pointer dependency from mt76x0_get_power_info routine.
Remove mt76x0_eeprom_params since it is now an empty structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to unify eeprom parsing between mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers,
remove eeprom pointer dependency from mt76x0_set_tx_power_per_rate.
Moreover use mt76_rate_power to store power vs rate calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove mt76x0_extra_power_over_mac and mt76x0_phy_set_tx_power routines
since they are not actually used and tx power handling will be unified
with mt76x2 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_rate_power_val and mt76x2_sign_extend_optional utility
routines in mt76x02_eeprom.h in order to reuse them in mt76x0 eeprom
parsing
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move rate_txpower handler in mt76 debugfs in order to be reused
in mt76x0 driver and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x02_phy_set_txpower utility routine in mt76x02_phy.c
in order to be reused in mt76x0 tx power management code.
Moreover move following routines in mt76x02-lib module:
- mt76x02_tx_power_mask
- mt76x02_get_max_rate_power
- mt76x02_limit_rate_power
- mt76x02_add_rate_power_offset
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76_rate_power data structure from mt76x2_dev to mt76_dev in order
to share it with mt76x0 driver. Moreover move txpower_conf and
txpower_cur in mt76_dev
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We need to return bool value in mt76x02_wait_for_mac.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 2735a6dd7d ("mt76: unify wait_for_mac")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove not useful WARN_ON macros in mt76u_get_rx_entry_len routine
since corrupted frames should just be silently discarded
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_tssi_enabled and mt76x02_temp_tx_alc_enabled in
mt76x02_eeprom.h in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify parse hw capabilities with mt76x2 driver using
mt76x02_eeprom_parse_hw_cap utility routine available
in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_eeprom_parse_hw_cap utility routine in mt76x02-lib
module in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify frequency offset parsing with mt76x2 driver using
eeprom utility routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify temperature offset parsing with mt76x2 driver using
eeprom utility routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify rssi_offset parsing with mt76x2 driver using eeprom utility
routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify lna gain parsing with mt76x2 driver using eeprom utility
routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x02_get_rx_gain and mt76x02_get_lna_gain utility routines
for rx gain parsing. mt76x02_get_rx_gain and mt76x02_get_lna_gain
will be reused for eeprom parsing in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove mt76x0_set_country_reg routine for the moment
since it is partial and it is not actually used
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_ext_pa_enabled utility routine in mt76x02_eeprom.c
and remove duplicated code. This is a preliminary patch to
unify eeprom code between mt76x2 and mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_efuse_read and mt76x2_get_efuse_data in mt76x02_eeprom.c
in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver for eeprom parsing
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_mac_setaddr utility routine in mt76x02-lib
module and remove duplicated code. This is a preliminary patch
to unify eeprom code between mt76x2 and mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_eeprom_get utility routine in mt76x02_eeprom.h since
it will be used to parse mt76x0 eeprom in order to unify eeprom
support between mt76x2 and mt76x0 drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move shared eeprom utility routines in mt76x02_eeprom.h and
remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2 and mt76x0 common definitions in mt76x02_eeprom.h
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add stbc tx power eeprom parsing support for mt76x2 driver.
When writing power entries, make a distinction between rates that are
read from the same EEPROM value, but have separate register entries.
No effect on runtime behavior, but preparation for unification with mt76x0
and for placing restrictions on individual rate power limits
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move seq_put_array utility routine in mt76-core module
in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt7650 PCI id found on ASUS rt-51ac to pci_device_id table
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix tx power configuration for VHT 1SS/STBC mcs 9 since
in MT_TX_PWR_CFG_{8,9} mcs 8,9 bits are GENMASK(21,16) and
GENMASK(29,24) while GENMASK(15,6) are marked as reserved
Fixes: 7bc04215a6 ("mt76: add driver code for MT76x2e")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Disable the clk during suspend to save power. Note that tp->clk may be
NULL, the clk core functions handle this without problems.
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Carlo Caione <carlo@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In regular NIC transmission flow, driver always configures MAC using
Tx queue zero descriptor as a part of MAC learning flow.
But with multi Tx queue supported NIC, regular transmission can occur on
any non-zero Tx queue and from that context it uses
Tx queue zero descriptor to configure MAC, at the same time TX queue
zero could be used by another CPU for regular transmission
which could lead to Tx queue zero descriptor corruption and cause FW
abort.
This patch fixes this in such a way that driver always configures
learned MAC address from the same Tx queue which is used for
regular transmission.
Fixes: 7e2cf4feba ("qlcnic: change driver hardware interface mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not check for Wake-on-LAN modes specified by an user,
but will conditionally set the device as wake-up enabled or not based on
that, which could be a very confusing user experience.
Fixes: e0e474a83c ("smsc95xx: add wol magic packet support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not check for Wake-on-LAN modes specified by an user,
but will conditionally set the device as wake-up enabled or not based on
that, which could be a very confusing user experience.
Fixes: 6c63650326 ("smsc75xx: add wol magic packet support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not check for Wake-on-LAN modes specified by an user,
but will conditionally set the device as wake-up enabled or not based on
that, which could be a very confusing user experience.
Fixes: 21ff2e8976 ("r8152: support WOL")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently silently accepts unsupported Wake-on-LAN modes
(other than WAKE_PHY or WAKE_MAGIC) without reporting that to the user,
which is confusing.
Fixes: 19a38d8e0a ("USB2NET : SR9800 : One chip USB2.0 USB2NET SR9800 Device Driver Support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver supports a fair amount of Wake-on-LAN modes, but is not
checking that the user specified one that is supported.
Fixes: 55d7de9de6 ("Microchip's LAN7800 family USB 2/3 to 10/100/1000 Ethernet device driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@Microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently silently accepts unsupported Wake-on-LAN modes
(other than WAKE_PHY or WAKE_MAGIC) without reporting that to the user,
which is confusing.
Fixes: e2ca90c276 ("ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently silently accepts unsupported Wake-on-LAN modes
(other than WAKE_PHY or WAKE_MAGIC) without reporting that to the user,
which is confusing.
Fixes: 2e55cc7210 ("[PATCH] USB: usbnet (3/9) module for ASIX Ethernet adapters")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154 for net 2018-09-28
An update from ieee802154 for your *net* tree.
Some cleanup patches throughout the drivers from the Huawei tag team
Yue Haibing and Zhong Jiang.
Xue is replacing some magic numbers with defines in his mcr20a driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.c: In function ‘hclge_get_sset_count’:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.c:496:31: error: ‘HNAE3_REVISION_ID_21’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘FADT2_REVISION_ID’?
if (hdev->pdev->revision >= HNAE3_REVISION_ID_21 ||
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
FADT2_REVISION_ID
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3_ethtool.c: In function ‘hns3_self_test’:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3_ethtool.c:278:15: error: ‘HNS3_SELF_TEST_TYPE_NUM’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘HNS3_SELF_TEST_TPYE_NUM’?
int st_param[HNS3_SELF_TEST_TYPE_NUM][2];
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
HNS3_SELF_TEST_TPYE_NUM
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx_mini_pending was set to an incorrect value. This was causing EINVAL to
always be returned to 'ethtool -G'. The driver does not support mini or
jumbo rings so the respective settings should be zero.
Also, change the valid range of the number of descriptors in the rings to
make the code simpler and easier for users to understand (this removes the
valid settings of 8 and 16). Add a system log message indicating when the
number is rounded-up from what the user specifies with the 'ethtool -G'
command (i.e. when it is not a multiple of 32), and update the log message
when a user-provided value is out of range to also indicate the stride.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes a couple of changes in the way the driver uses the
"get capabilities" command.
1. Get device capabilities in addition to function capabilities
2. Align to latest spec by using cap_count to determine size of the
buffer in case of length error.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Query the Tx scheduler tree node information from FW before adding it to
the driver's software database. This will keep the node information current
in driver.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the comment stated that VSI lists should be used when a
second VSI becomes a subscriber to the "VLAN address". VSI lists
are always used for VLAN membership, so replace "VLAN address" with
"MAC address". Also note that VLAN(s) always use VSI list rules.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, MAX_FW_API_VER_MAJOR, and
MAX_FW_API_VER_MINOR that we use in ice_controlq.h to test when a
firmware version is newer than expected. This is currently tested by
comparing each field separately. Thus, we compare the branch field
against the MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, and so forth.
This means that currently, if we suppose that the max firmware version
is defined as 0.2.1, i.e.
Then firmware 0.1.3 will fail to load. This is because the minor version
3 is greater than the max minor version 1.
This is not intuitive, because of the notion that increasing the major
firmware version to 2 should mean any firmware version with a major
version is less than 2 should be considered older than 2...
In order to allow both 0.2.1 and 0.1.3 to load, you would have to define
the "max" firmware version as 0.2.3.. It is possible that such
a firmware version doesn't even exist yet!
Fix this by replacing the current logic with an updated check that
behaves as follows:
First, we check the major version. If it is greater than the expected
version, then we prevent driver load. Additionally, a warning message is
logged to indicate to the system administrator that they need to update
their driver. This is now the only case where the driver will refuse to
load.
Second, if the major version is less than the expected version, we log
an information message indicating the NVM should be updated.
Third, if the major version is exact, we'll then check the minor
version. If the minor version is more than two versions less than
expected, we log an information message indicating the NVM should be
updated. If it is more than two versions greater than the expected
version, we log an information message that the driver should be
updated.
To support this, the ice_aq_ver_check function needs its signature
updated to pass the HW structure. Since we now pass this structure,
there is no need to pass the firmware API versions separately.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update branding strings and remove device ids 0x1594 and 0x1595.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Direct assignment is preferred over a memcpy()
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When shutting down the controlqs, we check if they are initialized
before we shut them down and destroy the lock. This is important, as it
prevents attempts to access the lock of an already shutdown queue.
Unfortunately, we checked rq.head and sq.head as the value to determine
if the queue was initialized. This doesn't work, because head is not
reset when the queue is shutdown. In some flows, the adminq will have
already been shut down prior to calling ice_shutdown_all_ctrlqs. This
can result in a crash due to attempting to access the already destroyed
mutex.
Fix this by using rq.count and sq.count instead. Indeed, ice_shutdown_sq
and ice_shutdown_rq already indicate that this is the value we should be
using to determine of the queue was initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake struct field name, rename it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ibmvnic uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
ibmvnic_netpoll_controller() was completely wrong anyway,
as it was scheduling NAPI to service RX queues (instead of TX),
so I doubt netpoll ever worked on this driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
sfc-falcon uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Acked-By: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
sfc uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Acked-By: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ena uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Cc: Saeed Bishara <saeedb@amazon.com>
Cc: Zorik Machulsky <zorik@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
netxen uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Cc: Rahul Verma <rahul.verma@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
qlcnic uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Harish Patil <harish.patil@cavium.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
virto_net uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
hns uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ehea uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
hinic uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Note that hinic_netpoll() was incorrectly scheduling NAPI
on both RX and TX queues.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Aviad Krawczyk <aviad.krawczyk@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-09-27
This series contains fixes to the ice driver only.
Jake fixes a potential crash due to attempting to access the mutex which
is already destroyed. Fix this by using rq.count and sq.count to
determine if the queue was initialized. Fixed the current logic for
checking the firmware version to properly handle situations when
firmware major/minor versions differ and when the branch version
differs.
Bruce replaces a memcpy() with a direct assignment, which is preferred.
Also updated the branding strings and device ids supported by the
driver. Fixed the "ethtool -G" command in the driver, which was always
returning EINVAL when changing the descriptor ring size.
Brett update and clarified code comments.
Anirudh updates the driver to ensure we query the firmware for the
transmit scheduler node information before adding it to the driver
database, to ensure we have the current information. Also update the
"get capabilities" command to get device and function capabilities.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* two new spectre-v1 mitigations in nl80211
* TX status fix in general, and mesh in particular
* powersave vs. offchannel fix
* regulatory initialization fix
* fix for a queue hang due to a bad return value
* allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces, fixing my
earlier patch to avoid unnecessary allocations where I
missed this case needed them
* fix TDLS data frames priority assignment
* fix scan results processing to take into account duplicate
channel numbers (over different operating classes, but we
don't necessarily know the operating class)
* various hwsim fixes for radio destruction and new radio
announcement messages
* remove an extraneous kernel-doc line
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ySdv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-09-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
More patches than I'd like perhaps, but each seems reasonable:
* two new spectre-v1 mitigations in nl80211
* TX status fix in general, and mesh in particular
* powersave vs. offchannel fix
* regulatory initialization fix
* fix for a queue hang due to a bad return value
* allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces, fixing my
earlier patch to avoid unnecessary allocations where I
missed this case needed them
* fix TDLS data frames priority assignment
* fix scan results processing to take into account duplicate
channel numbers (over different operating classes, but we
don't necessarily know the operating class)
* various hwsim fixes for radio destruction and new radio
announcement messages
* remove an extraneous kernel-doc line
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure shared between driver and the management FW (mfw) differ in
sizes. This would lead to issues when driver try to access the structure
members which are not-aligned with the mfw copy e.g., data_ptr usage in the
case of mfw_tlv request.
Align the driver structure with mfw copy, add reserved field(s) to driver
structure for the members not used by the driver.
Fixes: dd006921d6 ("qed: Add MFW interfaces for TLV request support.)
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
The user's coal configuration will be lost after reset, so the tx_coal
and rx_coal fields are added to the struct hns_nic_priv to save the coal
configuration and used to restore the user's configuration after the reset
is complete.
Fixes: bb6b94a896 ("net: hns3: Add reset interface implementation in client")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current hns3_get_max_available_channels returns the total number
of queues for the device, which makes ethtool -L set the number of queues
per channel queues incorrectly, so hns3_get_max_available_channels should
return the maximum available number of queues per channel, depending on
the total number of queues allocated and the hardware configurations.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hclge_tm_schd_info_update should return an error when num_tc is greater
than alloc_tqps.
This patch changes the return type of hnae3_register_ae_algo from void
to int.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently hns3_nic_change_mtu will try to down the netdev before
setting mtu, and it does not up the netdev when the setting fails,
which causes netdev not up problem.
This patch fixes it by not returning when the setting fails.
Fixes: a8e8b7ff35 ("net: hns3: Add support to change MTU in HNS3 hardware")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware expects a unit of 128 bytes when setting
packet buffer. When calculating the packet buffer size,
hclge_rx_buffer_calc does not round up the size as a unit
of 128 byte, which may casue packet lost problem when stress
testing.
This patch fixes it by rounding up packet size when calculating.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds serdes parallel inner loopback support for self test.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fact, our implementation of mac loopback is the implementation of app
loopback now. Current name is wrong. This patch renames mac loopback to
app loopback.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our loop mode includes mac loop, serdes loop and phy loop. Not all of them
are related with mac. This patch corrects their names.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The extra mac address of pause param is used to do double check
for pause frame. This patch set it to HW. If we do not do that,
pfc pause frame will be transferred protocol stack when normal
flow control mode is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for sctp checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When B53_SERDES is a loadable module, a built-in srab driver still
cannot reach it, so the previous fix is incomplete:
b53_srab.c:(.text+0x3f4): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_init'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xe64): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_link_state'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xe74): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_link_set'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xe88): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_an_restart'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xea0): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_phylink_validate'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xea4): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_config'
Add a Kconfig dependency that forces srab to also be a module
in this case, but allow it to be built-in when serdes is
disabled or built-in.
Fixes: 7a8c7f5c30 ("net: dsa: b53: Fix build with B53_SRAB enabled and not B53_SERDES")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added runtime-pm support causes a harmless warning
when CONFIG_PM is disabled:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bcm-unimac.c:330:12: error: 'unimac_mdio_resume' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static int unimac_mdio_resume(struct device *d)
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bcm-unimac.c:321:12: error: 'unimac_mdio_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static int unimac_mdio_suspend(struct device *d)
Marking the functions as __maybe_unused is the easiest workaround
and avoids adding #ifdef checks.
Fixes: b78ac6ecd1 ("net: phy: mdio-bcm-unimac: Allow configuring MDIO clock divider")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc points out that the length of the temporary buffer may not be sufficient for
large numbers of leds:
drivers/net/phy/mscc.c: In function 'vsc85xx_probe':
drivers/net/phy/mscc.c:460:45: error: '-mode' directive writing 5 bytes into a region of size between 0 and 9 [-Werror=format-overflow=]
ret = sprintf(led_dt_prop, "vsc8531,led-%d-mode", i);
^~~~~
drivers/net/phy/mscc.c:460:9: note: 'sprintf' output between 19 and 28 bytes into a destination of size 22
ret = sprintf(led_dt_prop, "vsc8531,led-%d-mode", i);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
While we can make a reasonable assumption that the number of LEDs is small,
the cost of making the buffer a little bigger is insignificant as well.
Fixes: 11bfdabb7f ("net: phy: mscc: factorize code for LEDs mode")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch that removed the only users of the oldadv/newadv variables
accidentally left the now-unused declarations behind:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_ethtool.c: In function 'dpaa_set_pauseparam':
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_ethtool.c:185:14: error: unused variable 'oldadv' [-Werror=unused-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_ethtool.c:185:6: error: unused variable 'newadv' [-Werror=unused-variable]
Fixes: 70814e819c ("net: ethernet: Add helper for set_pauseparam for Asym Pause")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/hw_atl/hw_atl_utils.c:873:5: warning:
symbol 'aq_fw1x_set_power' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fixes: a0da96c08c ("net: aquantia: implement WOL support")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c: In function 'qed_ooo_delete_isles':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c:354:30: warning:
variable 'p_archipelago' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c: In function 'qed_ooo_join_isles':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c:463:30: warning:
variable 'p_archipelago' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Since commit 1eec2437d1 ("qed: Make OOO archipelagos into an array"),
'p_archipelago' is no longer in use.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct mcr20a_platform_data is uesed only in probe function
and it holds only one member. So it is not necessary to reserve it.
Using gpiod family API to handle reset pin.
Signed-off-by: Xue Liu <liuxuenetmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Support for setting keys for TKIP cipher suite was mistakenly removed
for AP mode. Fix this.
Fixes: 85aeb58cec ("iwlwifi: mvm: Enable security on new TX API")
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The capability bit was added to the driver and had been negotiated
with the firmware, but then got forgotten in the firmware and later
reused for a different capability. Now the firmware added it in a
new bit.
Fixes: 2eabc84d2f ("iwlwifi: mvm: only send LEDS_CMD when the FW supports it")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
As a temporary stage in the 22560 devices bring up, we disabled
power save, to avoid bugs related to that domain.
Now we would like to use power save so enable the balanced mode,
and allow configuring the mode via module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In future devices we will have more than one debug buffer.
Prepare the infrastructure for allocation and release of
multiple debug buffers by grouping the variables in an array
of structures and moving it to trans section, where they will
be visible to opmode and FW.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We want to be able to build A-MSDUs in higher layers, e.g. by
xmit_more, so support transmitting SKBs with fraglist to use
it for such.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We no longer want to consider the RSSI if the beacon / probe
has been heard on an adjacent channel.
This was based on a firmware capability that is now
unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The new coex schema requires setting the non-shared antenna
for the single_stream_ant_msk field in the TLC command.
Signed-off-by: Erel Geron <erelx.geron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When operating as a soft ap with wep security, the key was not
configured to the fw for the stations, based on the fact that the
key will be specified in the tx command.
However, in the new tx api the tx command does not include the key,
which resulted in all data frames going out un-encrypted.
Fix it by configuring the key for all the stations as they are added.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Current FIFO size calculation is wrong for two reasons:
- We access lmac 0 by default
- We don't take 11ax into consideration.
Fix both.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
RB size can be configured by user to be greater than 4K.
That's needed for monitor to capture big AMSDUs.
The firmware now enables different RB sizes configuration
via context info.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since AMSDUs are not de-aggregated by HW in monitor mode,
we still need the option for setting large RBs (up to 12K).
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Today, the length of a debug message in iwl_trans_pcie_reclaim
may pass the MAX_MSG_LEN, which is 110.
An example for this kind of message is:
'iwl_trans_pcie_reclaim: Read index for DMA queue txq id (2),
last_to_free 65535 is out of range [0-65536] 2 2.'
Cut the message a bit so it will fit the allowed MAX_MSG_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the HW is not responding at probe time, fail immediately complaining
about it. Without this, we see that the kernel spends > 100ms trying to
load firmware (even gives an incorrect impression that it actually
loaded a firmware) and do unnecesary processing before concluding that
the device is not accessible:
INFO kernel: [ 34.092678] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
WARNING kernel: [ 34.093560] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: Direct firmware load for iwl-dbg-cfg.ini failed with error -2
INFO kernel: [ 34.111523] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: loaded firmware version 17.318154.0 op_mode iwlmvm
INFO kernel: [ 34.173250] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: Detected Intel(R) Dual Band Wireless AC 7265, REV=0xFFFFFFFF
ERR kernel: [ 34.198023] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: iwlwifi transaction failed, dumping registers
ERR kernel: [ 34.198044] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: iwlwifi device config registers:
Signed-off-by: Rajat Jain <rajatja@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This will allow us to reuse the function later for adding fraglist
SKBs to the TFD.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When anything fails, we unmap the whole TFD in three different
places scattered throughout the code. Unify this to a single
place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the incoming frame should be an A-MSDU, it may already be one,
for example in the case of NAN multicast being encapsulated in an
A-MSDU. Thus, use the GSO algorithm to build A-MSDU only if the
skb actually contains GSO data.
Fixes: 6ffe5de35b ("iwlwifi: pcie: add AMSDU to gen2")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Move the skb fragment loop into a helper routine to be able
to reuse it later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Annotate the compressed BA notification array sizes and
make both of them 0-length since the length of 1 is just
confusing - it may be different than that and the offset
to the second one needs to be calculated in the C code
anyhow.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Make the adjustments for gen2 TX and RX of TKIP packets. Strip MIC on
RX. Don't add IV space and keep the MIC space zeroed on TX.
Devices that support gen2 data path support TKIP only in station mode.
In all other modes, fall back to SW encryption. Do this early in the
set_key() callback so that the key flags would not be incorrectly set.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
For newer devices we have higher range of periphery
addresses. Currently it is masked out, so we end up
reading another address.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In order to receive TB (Trigger Based) PPDU in monitor mode,
the Driver must send the HE_AIR_SNIFFER_CONFIG_CMD host command.
Enable that via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
CDB support has nothing to do with non unified image.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The non-shared antenna was wrong for 22000 device series.
Fix it to ANT_B for correct antenna preference by coex in MVM driver.
Fixes: e34d975e40 ("iwlwifi: Add a000 HW family support")
Signed-off-by: Erel Geron <erelx.geron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We can dump data from the firmware either when it crashes,
or when the firmware is alive.
Not all the data is available if the firmware is running
(like the Tx / Rx FIFOs which are available only when the
firmware is halted), so we first check that the firmware
is alive to compute the required size for the dump and then
fill the buffer with the data.
When we allocate the buffer, we test the STATUS_FW_ERROR
bit to check if the firmware is alive or not. This bit
can be changed during the course of the dump since it is
modified in the interrupt handler.
We hit a case where we allocate the buffer while the
firmware is sill working, and while we start to fill the
buffer, the firmware crashes. Then we test STATUS_FW_ERROR
again and decide to fill the buffer with data like the
FIFOs even if no room was allocated for this data in the
buffer. This means that we overflow the buffer that was
allocated leading to memory corruption.
To fix this, test the STATUS_FW_ERROR bit only once and
rely on local variables to check if we should dump fifos
or other firmware components.
Fixes: 04fd2c2822 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add rxf and txf to dump data")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Alexei's patch, assumed that all versions of "struct iwl_error_event_table"
are the same, but there are really different versions in different files.
Rather than trying to fix this, or splitting the tracepoint, or anything of
the sort, just remove it entirely - turns out that nobody really uses it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We already report the RU offset, so we'd better also
report that we know the value.
Fixes: e5721e3f77 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add radiotap data for HE")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Check the actual bit (mask) in Rx notification rate_n_flags.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Cleanup of the debug flow by moving several flows to separate
functions to increase readability. Three functions were created:
1. iwl_fw_get_prph_len - returns the size needed for periphery dump.
2. iwl_fw_dump_mem for - executes the memory dumping flow.
3. iwl_trans_get_fw_monitor_len - returns the size needed for monitor dump.
Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There's no value in having an anonymous struct for holding
a few fields, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In new devices, access to periphery is forbidden. Send instead
host command to start and stop debugging.
Memory allocation is written in context info, but in case we
need to update it there is a dedicated command. Add definitions,
currently unused, of the new command.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Move the restart FW debug code to a function. This avoids code
duplication and lays the infra to support the new start and stop
host commands in some future devices.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The SP length in the ADD_STA command is an actual number of
frames, and not the SP len as it appears in the WME IE.
Fix that comment. The actual code is fine.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In the quest to remove all stack VLA usage from the kernel[1], this
replaces struct crypto_skcipher and SKCIPHER_REQUEST_ON_STACK() usage
with struct crypto_sync_skcipher and SYNC_SKCIPHER_REQUEST_ON_STACK(),
which uses a fixed stack size.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: linux-ppp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
- Fix a long standing race bug when destroying comp_event file descriptors
- srp, hfi1, bnxt_re: Various driver crashes from missing validation and
other cases
- Fixes for regressions in patches merged this window in the gid cache,
devx, ucma and uapi.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cjxG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Jason writes:
"Second RDMA rc pull request
- Fix a long standing race bug when destroying comp_event file descriptors
- srp, hfi1, bnxt_re: Various driver crashes from missing validation
and other cases
- Fixes for regressions in patches merged this window in the gid
cache, devx, ucma and uapi."
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
RDMA/core: Set right entry state before releasing reference
IB/mlx5: Destroy the DEVX object upon error flow
IB/uverbs: Free uapi on destroy
RDMA/bnxt_re: Fix system crash during RDMA resource initialization
IB/hfi1: Fix destroy_qp hang after a link down
IB/hfi1: Fix context recovery when PBC has an UnsupportedVL
IB/hfi1: Invalid user input can result in crash
IB/hfi1: Fix SL array bounds check
RDMA/uverbs: Fix validity check for modify QP
IB/srp: Avoid that sg_reset -d ${srp_device} triggers an infinite loop
ucma: fix a use-after-free in ucma_resolve_ip()
RDMA/uverbs: Atomically flush and mark closed the comp event queue
cxgb4: fix abort_req_rss6 struct
.max_tfd_queue_size was ommited for 1000 card serries leading to oops in
swiotlb.
Fixes: 7b3e42ea2e ("iwlwifi: support multiple tfd queue max sizes for different devices")
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rx_mini_pending was set to an incorrect value. This was causing EINVAL to
always be returned to 'ethtool -G'. The driver does not support mini or
jumbo rings so the respective settings should be zero.
Also, change the valid range of the number of descriptors in the rings to
make the code simpler and easier for users to understand (this removes the
valid settings of 8 and 16). Add a system log message indicating when the
number is rounded-up from what the user specifies with the 'ethtool -G'
command (i.e. when it is not a multiple of 32), and update the log message
when a user-provided value is out of range to also indicate the stride.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes a couple of changes in the way the driver uses the
"get capabilities" command.
1. Get device capabilities in addition to function capabilities
2. Align to latest spec by using cap_count to determine size of the
buffer in case of length error.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The combination of defined constants are used to present the
state of IRQ so the magic numbers has been replaced.
This is a simple coding style change which should have no impact on
runtime code execution.
Signed-off-by: Xue Liu <liuxuenetmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Query the Tx scheduler tree node information from FW before adding it to
the driver's software database. This will keep the node information current
in driver.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the comment stated that VSI lists should be used when a
second VSI becomes a subscriber to the "VLAN address". VSI lists
are always used for VLAN membership, so replace "VLAN address" with
"MAC address". Also note that VLAN(s) always use VSI list rules.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, MAX_FW_API_VER_MAJOR, and
MAX_FW_API_VER_MINOR that we use in ice_controlq.h to test when a
firmware version is newer than expected. This is currently tested by
comparing each field separately. Thus, we compare the branch field
against the MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, and so forth.
This means that currently, if we suppose that the max firmware version
is defined as 0.2.1, i.e.
Then firmware 0.1.3 will fail to load. This is because the minor version
3 is greater than the max minor version 1.
This is not intuitive, because of the notion that increasing the major
firmware version to 2 should mean any firmware version with a major
version is less than 2 should be considered older than 2...
In order to allow both 0.2.1 and 0.1.3 to load, you would have to define
the "max" firmware version as 0.2.3.. It is possible that such
a firmware version doesn't even exist yet!
Fix this by replacing the current logic with an updated check that
behaves as follows:
First, we check the major version. If it is greater than the expected
version, then we prevent driver load. Additionally, a warning message is
logged to indicate to the system administrator that they need to update
their driver. This is now the only case where the driver will refuse to
load.
Second, if the major version is less than the expected version, we log
an information message indicating the NVM should be updated.
Third, if the major version is exact, we'll then check the minor
version. If the minor version is more than two versions less than
expected, we log an information message indicating the NVM should be
updated. If it is more than two versions greater than the expected
version, we log an information message that the driver should be
updated.
To support this, the ice_aq_ver_check function needs its signature
updated to pass the HW structure. Since we now pass this structure,
there is no need to pass the firmware API versions separately.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update branding strings and remove device ids 0x1594 and 0x1595.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Direct assignment is preferred over a memcpy()
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When shutting down the controlqs, we check if they are initialized
before we shut them down and destroy the lock. This is important, as it
prevents attempts to access the lock of an already shutdown queue.
Unfortunately, we checked rq.head and sq.head as the value to determine
if the queue was initialized. This doesn't work, because head is not
reset when the queue is shutdown. In some flows, the adminq will have
already been shut down prior to calling ice_shutdown_all_ctrlqs. This
can result in a crash due to attempting to access the already destroyed
mutex.
Fix this by using rq.count and sq.count instead. Indeed, ice_shutdown_sq
and ice_shutdown_rq already indicate that this is the value we should be
using to determine of the queue was initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
debugfs_remove has taken the IS_ERR into account. Just
remove the unnecessary condition.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
The current netpoll implementation in the bnxt_en driver has problems
that may miss TX completion events. bnxt_poll_work() in effect is
only handling at most 1 TX packet before exiting. In addition,
there may be in flight TX completions that ->poll() may miss even
after we fix bnxt_poll_work() to handle all visible TX completions.
netpoll may not call ->poll() again and HW may not generate IRQ
because the driver does not ARM the IRQ when the budget (0 for netpoll)
is reached.
We fix it by handling all TX completions and to always ARM the IRQ
when we exit ->poll() with 0 budget.
Also, the logic to ACK the completion ring in case it is almost filled
with TX completions need to be adjusted to take care of the 0 budget
case, as discussed with Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Tested-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When add vxlan ttl inherit support, I forgot to fill it when dump
vlxan info. Fix it now.
Fixes: 72f6d71e49 ("vxlan: add ttl inherit support")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta controller can handle speeds up to 2500Mbps on the SGMII
interface. This relies on serdes configuration, the lane must be
configured at 3.125Gbps and we can't use in-band autoneg at that speed.
The main issue when supporting that speed on this particular controller
is that the link partner can send ethernet frames with a shortened
preamble, which if not explicitly enabled in the controller will cause
unexpected behaviours.
This was tested on Armada 385, with the comphy configuration done in
bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A HWMON device is only registered is the SFP module supports the
diagnostic page and is complient to SFF8472. Don't unconditionally
unregister the hwmon device when the SFP module is remove, otherwise
we access data structures which don't exist.
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1323061a01 ("net: phy: sfp: Add HWMON support for module sensors")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:1713:25: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum tcp_ip_version' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_tcp_ip_version' [-Wenum-conversion]
cm_info->ip_version = TCP_IPV4;
~ ^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:1733:25: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum tcp_ip_version' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_tcp_ip_version' [-Wenum-conversion]
cm_info->ip_version = TCP_IPV6;
~ ^~~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Use the appropriate values from the expected type, qed_tcp_ip_version:
TCP_IPV4 = QED_TCP_IPV4 = 0
TCP_IPV6 = QED_TCP_IPV6 = 1
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a constant is used in a boolean context as it thinks a
bitwise operation may have been intended.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:415:27: warning: use of logical
'&&' with constant operand [-Wconstant-logical-operand]
if (!p_iov->b_pre_fp_hsi &&
^
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:415:27: note: use '&' for a
bitwise operation
if (!p_iov->b_pre_fp_hsi &&
^~
&
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:415:27: note: remove constant
to silence this warning
if (!p_iov->b_pre_fp_hsi &&
~^~
1 warning generated.
This has been here since commit 1fe614d10f ("qed: Relax VF firmware
requirements") and I am not entirely sure why since 0 isn't a special
case. Just remove the statement causing Clang to warn since it isn't
required.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/126
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b89f04c61e ("bonding: deliver link-local packets with
skb->dev set to link that packets arrived on") changed the behavior
of how link-local-multicast packets are processed. The change in
the behavior broke some legacy use cases where these packets are
expected to arrive on bonding master device also.
This patch passes the packet to the stack with the link it arrived
on as well as passes to the bonding-master device to preserve the
legacy use case.
Fixes: b89f04c61e ("bonding: deliver link-local packets with skb->dev set to link that packets arrived on")
Reported-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:153:12: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum roce_mode' to different
enumeration type 'enum roce_flavor' [-Wenum-conversion]
flavor = ROCE_V2_IPV6;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:156:12: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum roce_mode' to different
enumeration type 'enum roce_flavor' [-Wenum-conversion]
flavor = MAX_ROCE_MODE;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Use the appropriate values from the expected type, roce_flavor:
ROCE_V2_IPV6 = RROCE_IPV6 = 2
MAX_ROCE_MODE = MAX_ROCE_FLAVOR = 3
While we're add it, ditch the local variable flavor, we can just return
the value directly from the switch statement.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang complains when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to
another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:686:6: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_mode' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
QED_MODE_L2GENEVE_TUNN,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Update mask's parameter to expect qed_tunn_mode, which is what was
intended.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:163:25: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->vxlan.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:165:26: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->l2_gre.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:167:26: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->ip_gre.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:169:29: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->l2_geneve.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:171:29: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->ip_geneve.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
5 warnings generated.
Avoid this by changing type to an int.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in ms_to_errno array of error messages
and remove confusing "not" from the error text since the error code
refers to an uninitialized error code.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_VERBOSE message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Core of the problem is that phy_suspend() suspends the PHY when it
should not because of WoL. phy_suspend() checks for WoL already, but
this works only if the PHY driver handles WoL (what is rarely the case).
Typically WoL is handled by the MAC driver.
This patch uses new member wol_enabled of struct net_device as
additional criteria in the check when not to suspend the PHY because
of WoL.
Last but not least change phy_detach() to call phy_suspend() before
attached_dev is set to NULL. phy_suspend() accesses attached_dev
when checking whether the MAC driver activated WoL.
Fixes: f1e911d5d0 ("r8169: add basic phylib support")
Fixes: e8cfd9d6c7 ("net: phy: call state machine synchronously in phy_stop")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actually there's nothing wrong with the two changes marked as "Fixes",
they just revealed a problem which has been existing before.
After having switched r8169 to phylib it was reported that WoL from
shutdown doesn't work any longer (WoL from suspend isn't affected).
Reason is that during shutdown phy_disconnect()->phy_detach()->
phy_suspend() is called.
A similar issue occurs when the phylib state machine calls
phy_suspend() when handling state PHY_HALTED.
Core of the problem is that phy_suspend() suspends the PHY when it
should not due to WoL. phy_suspend() checks for WoL already, but this
works only if the PHY driver handles WoL (what is rarely the case).
Typically WoL is handled by the MAC driver.
phylib knows about this and handles it in mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend(),
but that's used only when suspending the system, not in other cases
like shutdown.
Therefore factor out the relevant check from
mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend() to a new function phy_may_suspend() and
use it in phy_suspend().
Last but not least change phy_detach() to call phy_suspend() before
attached_dev is set to NULL. phy_suspend() accesses attached_dev
when checking whether the MAC driver activated WoL.
Fixes: f1e911d5d0 ("r8169: add basic phylib support")
Fixes: e8cfd9d6c7 ("net: phy: call state machine synchronously in phy_stop")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival cleanup, list_move_tail will implement the same function that
list_del() + list_add_tail() will do. hence just replace them.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival cleanup, list_move_tail will implement the same function that
list_del() + list_add_tail() will do. hence just replace them.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allocation of hwsim radio identifiers uses a post-increment from 0,
so the first radio has idx 0. This idx is explicitly excluded from
multicast announcements ever since, but it is unclear why.
Drop that idx check and announce the first radio as well. This makes
userspace happy if it relies on these events.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The asynchronous destruction from a work-queue of radios tagged with
destroy-on-close may race with the owning namespace about to exit,
resulting in potential use-after-free of that namespace.
Instead of using a work-queue, move radios about to destroy to a
temporary list, which can be worked on synchronously after releasing
the lock. This should be safe to do from the netlink socket notifier,
as the namespace is guaranteed to not get released.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The cleanup of radios during namespace exit has recently been reworked
to directly delete a radio while temporarily releasing the spinlock,
fixing a race condition between the work-queue execution and namespace
exits. However, the temporary unlock allows unsafe modifications on the
iterated list, resulting in a potential crash when continuing the
iteration of additional radios.
Move radios about to destroy to a temporary list, and clean that up
after releasing the spinlock once iteration is complete.
Fixes: 8cfd36a0b5 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix use-after-free bug in hwsim_exit_net")
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Local variable 'autoneg' doesn't even exist:
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: In function 'm88e1121_config_aneg':
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c:468:25: error: 'autoneg' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'put_net'?
if (phydev->autoneg != autoneg || changed) {
^~~~~~~
Fixes: d6ab933647 ("net: phy: marvell: Avoid unnecessary soft reset")
Reported-by:Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses devm_ioremap_resource() which is only available when
CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM is set, make the driver depend on this config option.
User mode Linux does not have CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM set and the driver was
failing on this architecture.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BMCR.RESET bit on the Marvell PHYs has a special meaning in that
it commits the register writes into the HW for it to latch and be
configured appropriately. Doing software resets causes link drops, and
this is unnecessary disruption if nothing changed.
Determine from marvell_set_polarity()'s return code whether the register value
was changed and if it was, propagate that to the logic that hits the software
reset bit.
This avoids doing unnecessary soft reset if the PHY is configured in
the same state it was previously, this also eliminates the need for a
m88e1111_config_aneg() function since it now is the same as
marvell_config_aneg().
Tested-by: Wang, Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@hxt-semitech.com>
Tested-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While consolidating the PHY reset in phy_init_hw() an unconditionaly
BMCR soft-reset I became quite trigger happy with those. This was later
on deactivated for the Generic PHY driver on the premise that a prior
software entity (e.g: bootloader) might have applied workarounds in
commit 0878fff1f4 ("net: phy: Do not perform software reset for
Generic PHY").
Since we have a hook to wire-up a soft_reset callback, just use that and
get rid of the call to genphy_soft_reset() entirely. This speeds up
initialization and link establishment for most PHYs out there that do
not require a reset.
Fixes: 87aa9f9c61 ("net: phy: consolidate PHY reset in phy_init_hw()")
Tested-by: Wang, Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@hxt-semitech.com>
Tested-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-09-25
This series contains updates to i40e and xsk.
Mariusz fixes an issue where the VF link state was not being updated
properly when the PF is down or up. Also cleaned up the promiscuous
configuration during a VF reset.
Patryk simplifies the code a bit to use the variables for PF and HW that
are declared, rather than using the VSI pointers. Cleaned up the
message length parameter to several virtchnl functions, since it was not
being used (or needed).
Harshitha fixes two potential race conditions when trying to change VF
settings by creating a helper function to validate that the VF is
enabled and that the VSI is set up.
Sergey corrects a double "link down" message by putting in a check for
whether or not the link is up or going down.
Björn addresses an AF_XDP zero-copy issue that buffers passed
from userspace to the kernel was leaked when the hardware descriptor
ring was torn down. A zero-copy capable driver picks buffers off the
fill ring and places them on the hardware receive ring to be completed at
a later point when DMA is complete. Similar on the transmit side; The
driver picks buffers off the transmit ring and places them on the
transmit hardware ring.
In the typical flow, the receive buffer will be placed onto an receive
ring (completed to the user), and the transmit buffer will be placed on
the completion ring to notify the user that the transfer is done.
However, if the driver needs to tear down the hardware rings for some
reason (interface goes down, reconfiguration and such), the userspace
buffers cannot be leaked. They have to be reused or completed back to
userspace.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an AF_XDP UMEM is attached to any of the Rx rings, we disallow a
user to change the number of descriptors via e.g. "ethtool -G IFNAME".
Otherwise, the size of the stash/reuse queue can grow unbounded, which
would result in OOM or leaking userspace buffers.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Outstanding Rx descriptors are temporarily stored on a stash/reuse
queue. When/if the HW rings comes up again, entries from the stash are
used to re-populate the ring.
The latter required some restructuring of the allocation scheme for
the AF_XDP zero-copy implementation. There is now a fast, and a slow
allocation. The "fast allocation" is used from the fast-path and
obtains free buffers from the fill ring and the internal recycle
mechanism. The "slow allocation" is only used in ring setup, and
obtains buffers from the fill ring and the stash (if any).
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the zero-copy enabled XDP Tx ring is torn down, due to
configuration changes, outstanding frames on the hardware descriptor
ring are queued on the completion ring.
The completion ring has a back-pressure mechanism that will guarantee
that there is sufficient space on the ring.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
msglen parameter seems to be unused in several virtchnl function.
This patch removes it from signatures of those functions.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When isup is false meaning that interface is going to shut down
set new speed to 0 to avoid double 'NIC Link is Down' messages.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nemov <sergey.nemov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are trying to change VF settings, it is possible for 2 race
conditions to happen. One, when the VF is created but not yet enabled.
Second, the VF is enabled but the VSI is still not created or not yet
re-created in the VF reset flow.
This patch introduces a helper function to validate that the VF is
enabled and that the VSI is set up. This patch also calls this
function from other functions which could get into these race conditions.
While we are poking around here, remove unnecessary parenthesis that
checkpatch was complaining about.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to slightly simplify the code use the variables for pf and hw
that are declared in i40e_set_mac function.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up promiscuous configuration when a VF reset occurs.
Previously the promiscuous mode settings were still there after the VF
driver removal.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This resolves an issue where the VF link state was not being updated
when the PF is down or up, and the VF link state would always show
that it is running.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If SMMU is on, there is more likely that skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[i]
can not send by a single BD. when this happen, the
hns_nic_net_xmit_hw function map the whole data in a frags using
skb_frag_dma_map, but unmap each BD' data individually when tx is
done, which causes problem when SMMU is on.
This patch fixes this problem by ummapping the whole data in a
frags when tx is done.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no guarantee that the mapping array doesn't cross a page
boundary. Use a second grant copy operation if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking them before the grant copy means nothing as to the validity of
the incoming request. As we shouldn't make the new data live before
having validated it, introduce a second instance of the mapping array.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both len and off are frontend specified values, so we need to make
sure there's no overflow when adding the two for the bounds check. We
also want to avoid undefined behavior and hence use off to index into
->hash.mapping[] only after bounds checking. This at the same time
allows to take care of not applying off twice for the bounds checking
against vif->num_queues.
It is also insufficient to bounds check copy_op.len, as this is len
truncated to 16 bits.
This is XSA-270 / CVE-2018-15471.
Reported-by: Felix Wilhelm <fwilhelm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Tested-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [4.7 onwards]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Version bump conflict in batman-adv, take what's in net-next.
iavf conflict, adjustment of netdev_ops in net-next conflicting
with poll controller method removal in net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear ADDR64 dma bit in DMACFG register in case that HW_DMA_CAP_64B is
not detected on 64bit system.
The issue was observed when bootloader(u-boot) does not check macb
feature at DCFG6 register (DAW64_OFFSET) and enabling 64bit dma support
by default. Then macb driver is reading DMACFG register back and only
adding 64bit dma configuration but not cleaning it out.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear ADDR64 dma bit in DMACFG register in case that HW_DMA_CAP_64B is
not detected on 64bit system.
The issue was observed when bootloader(u-boot) does not check macb
feature at DCFG6 register (DAW64_OFFSET) and enabling 64bit dma support
by default. Then macb driver is reading DMACFG register back and only
adding 64bit dma configuration but not cleaning it out.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for pci_is_pcie() is redundant here because all
chip versions >=18 are PCIe only anyway. In addition use
dma_set_mask_and_coherent() instead of separate calls to
pci_set_dma_mask() and pci_set_consistent_dma_mask().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code can be slightly simplified by acking even events we're not
interested in. In addition add a comment making clear that the
read has no functional purpose and is just a PCI commit.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The networking core has a default watchdog timeout of 5s. I see no
need to define an own timeout of 6s which is basically the same.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set uid as part of DCT commands so that the firmware can manage the
DCT object in a secured way.
That will enable using a DCT that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of SRQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
SRQ object in a secured way.
That will enable using an SRQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of SQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
SQ object in a secured way.
That will enable using an SQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of RQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
RQ object in a secured way.
That will enable using an RQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of QP commands so that the firmware can manage the
QP object in a secured way.
That will enable using a QP that was created by verbs application to
be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of CQ commands so that the firmware can manage the CQ
object in a secured way.
The firmware should mark this CQ with the given uid so that it can
be used later on only by objects with the same uid.
Upon DEVX flows that use this CQ (e.g. create QP command), the
pointed CQ must have the same uid as of the issuer uid command.
When a command is issued with uid=0 it means that the issuer of the
command is trusted (i.e. kernel), in that case any pointed object
can be used regardless of its uid.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Until now, the Rx flow hash key was a 5-tuple (IP src, IP dst,
IP nextproto, L4 src port, L4 dst port) fixed value that we
configured at probe.
Add support for configuring this hash key at runtime.
We support all standard header fields configurable through ethtool,
but cannot differentiate between flow types, so the same hash key
is applied regardless of protocol.
We also don't support the discard option.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG enabled we get DMA unmapping warning in
various places of the mvneta driver, for example when putting down an
interface while traffic is passing through.
The issue is when using s/w buffer management, the Rx buffers are mapped
using dma_map_page but unmapped with dma_unmap_single. This patch fixes
this by using the right unmapping function.
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SPI protocol for the QCA7000 doesn't have any fault detection.
In order to increase the drivers reliability in noisy environments,
we could implement a write verification inspired by the enc28j60.
This should avoid situations were the driver wrongly assumes the
receive interrupt is enabled and miss all incoming packets.
This function is disabled per default and can be controlled via module
parameter wr_verify.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <michael.heimpold@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows each TXQ to be picked in a round-robin fashion by
the PPv2 transmit scheduling mechanism. This is opposed to the default
behaviour that prioritizes the highest numbered queues.
Suggested-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the PPv2 controller has multiple TX queues, we can spread traffic
by assining TX queues to CPUs, allowing to use XPS to balance egress
traffic between CPUs.
Suggested-by : Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes skb_shared area, which will be corrupted
upon reception of 4K jumbo packets.
Originally build_skb usage purpose was to reuse page for skb to eliminate
needs of extra fragments. But that logic does not take into account that
skb_shared_info should be reserved at the end of skb data area.
In case packet data consumes all the page (4K), skb_shinfo location
overflows the page. As a consequence, __build_skb zeroed shinfo data above
the allocated page, corrupting next page.
The issue is rarely seen in real life because jumbo are normally larger
than 4K and that causes another code path to trigger.
But it 100% reproducible with simple scapy packet, like:
sendp(IP(dst="192.168.100.3") / TCP(dport=443) \
/ Raw(RandString(size=(4096-40))), iface="enp1s0")
Fixes: 018423e90b ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Add ring support code")
Reported-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Reported-by: Michael Rauch <michael@rauch.be>
Signed-off-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
tun uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
nfp uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
bnxt uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
bnx2x uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
mlx5 uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
mlx4 uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
i40evf uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ice uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
igb uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ixgb uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
This also removes a problematic use of disable_irq() in
a context it is forbidden, as explained in commit
af3e0fcf78 ("8139too: Use disable_irq_nosync() in
rtl8139_poll_controller()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
lasts for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
fm10k uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ixgbevf uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ixgbe uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Reported-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to allow NAPI drivers to no longer provide
ndo_poll_controller() method, as it has been proven problematic.
team driver must not look at its presence, but instead call
netpoll_poll_dev() which factorize the needed actions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Acked-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now, mlxsw tolerated firmware versions that weren't exactly
matching the required version, if the branch number matched. That
allowed the users to test various firmware versions as long as they were
on the right branch.
On the other hand, it made it impossible for mlxsw to put a hard lower
bound on a version that fixes all problems known to date. If a user had
a somewhat older FW version installed, mlxsw would start up just fine,
possibly performing non-optimally as it would use features that trigger
problematic behavior.
Therefore tweak the check to accept any FW version that is:
- on the same branch as the preferred version, and
- the same as or newer than the preferred version.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the handler for LRO setting change, so that a user
can use ethtool command to enable / disable LRO feature.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LRO/RSC in the vSwitch is a feature available in Windows Server 2019
hosts and later. It reduces the per packet processing overhead by
coalescing multiple TCP segments when possible. This patch adds netvsc
driver support for this feature.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In both 802.3z and SGMII modes we need to configure the MAC accordingly
to flip between Fiber and SGMII modes, and we need to read the MAC
status from the SGMII in-band control word.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maths went wrong, to get 0x20, we need to do 0x1e + (x) * 2, not 0x18,
fix that offset so we access the correct registers. This would make us
not access the correct SerDes Digital control words, status would be
fine and so we would not be correctly flipping between Fiber and SGMII
modes resulting in incorrect status words being pulled into the SerDes
digital status register.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PHYLINK takes care of filing the right information into
state->an_enabled, get rid of the read from the SerDes's BMCR register.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes hclge_get_port_type which is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our VF has not implemented the ops for get_port_type. So when we executing
ethtool ethx cmd of VF, hns3_get_link_ksettings will return directly. And
we can not query anything.
To support get_link_ksettings for VF, this patch replaces get_port_type
with get_media_type. If the media type is HNAE3_MEDIA_TYPE_NONE,
hns3_get_link_ksettings will return link information of VF.
Fixes: 12f46bc1d4 ("net: hns3: Refine hns3_get_link_ksettings()")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ops of get_media_type support for VF.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are already multiple types packets statistics for error packets,
it's unnecessary to print them, which may affect the rx performance if
print too many.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For dma_mapping_error is unlikely happened, this patch adds unlikely for
dma_mapping_error check.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When nic down, it firstly calls netif_tx_stop_all_queues(), then calls
napi_disable(). But napi_disable() will wait current napi_poll finish,
it may call netif_tx_wake_queue(). This patch fixes it by add nic state
checking.
Fixes: 424eb834a9 ("net: hns3: Unified HNS3 {VF|PF} Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few "switch-case" codes missed handle for default case. For
some abnormal case, it should return error code instead of return 0.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prefix of most functions for vf are hclgevf. This patch renames the
function with inconsistent prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two tqp_num variables "hdev->tqp_num" and "kinfo->tqp_num"
used in VF. "hdev->tqp_num" is the total tqp number allocated to the
VF, and "kinfo->tqp_num" indicates the tqp number being used by the
VF. Usually the two variables are equal. But for the case hdev->tqp_num
larger than rss_size_max, and num_tc is 1, "kinfo->tqp_num" will be
less than "hdev->tqp_num".
In original codes, "hdev->tqp_num" is always used to traverse the
tqp array of kinfo. It may cause null pointer error when "hdev->tqp_num"
is larger than "kinfo->tqp_num"
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some prefix of tx/rx statistic names are redundant, this patch modifies
these names.
The new prefix looks like below:
rxq#1_ -> rxq1_
txq#1_ -> txq1_
tx_dropped -> dropped
tx_wake -> wake
tx_busy -> busy
rx_dropped -> dropped
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For desc.data is already point to the address of struct member "data[6]",
it's unnecessary to use '&' to get its address. This patch unifies all
the type convert for dest.data, using "req = (struct name *)dest.data".
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a defect in hclge_ets_validate(). If each member of tc_tsa is
not IEEE_8021QAZ_TSA_ETS, the variable total_ets_bw won't be updated.
In this case, the check for value of total_ets_bw will fail. This patch
fixes it by checking total_ets_bw only after it has been updated.
Fixes: cacde272dd ("net: hns3: Add hclge_dcb module for the support of DCB feature")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous commit to ravb had the side effect of making the PHY
advertise Pause and Asym Pause, which previously did not happen. By
default, phydev->supported has both forms of pause enabled, but
phydev->advertising does not. The new phy_remove_link_mode() copies
phydev->supported to phydev->advertising after removing the requested
link mode. These Pause configuration bits appears it stops the PHY
from completing Auto-Neg and the link remains down. Be explicit and
remove the Pause and Asym Pause modes, so restoring the old behavior.
Fixes: 41124fa64d ("net: ethernet: Add helper to remove a supported link mode")
Reported-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/eq.c:243:11: warning: address of
array 'eq->affinity_mask' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
if (!eq->affinity_mask || cpumask_empty(eq->affinity_mask))
~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Use cpumask_available, introduced in commit f7e30f01a9 ("cpumask: Add
helper cpumask_available()"), which does the proper checking and avoids
this warning.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/86
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the configuration of the MDIO clock divider when the Device Tree
contains 'clock-frequency' property (similar to I2C and SPI buses).
Because the hardware may have lost its state during suspend/resume,
re-apply the MDIO clock divider upon resumption.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a variable is assigned to itself.
drivers/net/usb/lan78xx.c:940:11: warning: explicitly assigning value of
variable of type 'u32' (aka 'unsigned int') to itself [-Wself-assign]
offset = offset;
~~~~~~ ^ ~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Reorder the if statement to acheive the same result and avoid a self
assignment warning.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/129
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a variable is assigned to itself.
drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c:1257:6: warning: explicitly assigning
value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
phy = phy ; on_off = on_off ;
~~~ ^ ~~~
drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c:1257:21: warning: explicitly assigning
value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
phy = phy ; on_off = on_off ;
~~~~~~ ^ ~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Turns out this entire function doesn't actually do anything since
SK_UNUSED is just casting the pointer to void. Remove it to silence
this Clang warning.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/128
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a variable is assigned to itself.
drivers/net/ethernet/brocade/bna/bna_enet.c:1800:9: warning: explicitly
assigning value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
for (i = i; i < (bna->ioceth.attr.num_ucmac * 2); i++)
~ ^ ~
drivers/net/ethernet/brocade/bna/bna_enet.c:1835:9: warning: explicitly
assigning value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
for (i = i; i < (bna->ioceth.attr.num_mcmac * 2); i++)
~ ^ ~
2 warnings generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/110
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when multiple pairs of parentheses are used for a single
conditional statement.
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2265:31: warning:
equality comparison with extraneous parentheses [-Wparentheses-equality]
if ((hldev->config.intr_mode ==
VXGE_HW_INTR_MODE_MSIX_ONE_SHOT))
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2265:31: note: remove
extraneous parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning
if ((hldev->config.intr_mode ==
VXGE_HW_INTR_MODE_MSIX_ONE_SHOT))
~ ^ ~
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2265:31: note: use '='
to turn this equality comparison into an assignment
if ((hldev->config.intr_mode ==
VXGE_HW_INTR_MODE_MSIX_ONE_SHOT))
^~
=
1 warning generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/124
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When being in state PHY_HALTED we don't have to reschedule the
state machine, phy_start() will start it again.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a couple of issues highlighted by checkpatch.pl:
* Missing a blank line after declarations
* Alignment should match open parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Romain Aviolat <r.aviolat@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a trailing underscore from the multicast/unicast names.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Provide current link status of VF in ndo_get_vf_config
handler.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <Shahed.Shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a workaround for FW bug -
MFW generates bandwidth attention in single function mode, which
is only expected to be generated in multi function mode.
This undesired attention in SF mode results in incorrect HW
configuration and resulting into Tx timeout.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <Shahed.Shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for `ndo_set_vf_spoofchk' to allow PF control over
its VF spoof-checking configuration.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When extracting frames from the Ocelot switch, the frame check sequence
(FCS) is present at the end of the data extracted. The FCS was put into
the sk buffer which introduced some issues (as length related ones), as
the FCS shouldn't be part of an Rx sk buffer.
This patch fixes the Ocelot switch extraction behaviour by discarding
the FCS.
Fixes: a556c76adc ("net: mscc: Add initial Ocelot switch support")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The continue will not truely skip any code. hence it is safe to
remove it.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The continue will not truely skip any code. hence it is safe to
remove it.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
debugfs_remove_recursive has taken IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. So just
remove the condition check before debugfs_remove_recursive.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Replace calls to kmalloc followed by a memcpy with a direct call to
kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
It was reported that chip version 33 (RTL8168E) ends up with
10MBit/Half on a 1GBit link after resuming from S3 (with different
link partners). For whatever reason the PHY on this chip doesn't
properly start a renegotiation when soft-reset.
Explicitly requesting a renegotiation fixes this.
Fixes: a2965f12fd ("r8169: remove rtl8169_set_speed_xmii")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Tested-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt offload code currently supports only 'push' and 'pop' operation: let
.ndo_setup_tc() return -EOPNOTSUPP if VLAN 'modify' action is configured.
Fixes: 2ae7408fed ("bnxt_en: bnxt: add TC flower filter offload support")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header ocelot_dev_gmii.h is unused since the inclusion of the driver.
It is unused, lets just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC-aware mode was introduced to mlxsw in commit 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum:
Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports") and fixed up later in commit
3a3539cd36 ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Set up a dedicated pool for BUM
traffic"). As the final piece of puzzle, a firmware issue whereby a wrong
priority was assigned to BUM traffic was corrected in FW version 13.1703.4.
Therefore require this FW version in the driver.
Fixes: 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBMM register configures shared buffer allocation and settings for
MC packets according to switch priority. The recommended values are no
reserved buffer and alpha of 1/4, which corresponds to buf_max of 6.
Update mlxsw_sp_sb_mms accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pool 15 (indexed as 8) is dedicated to MC traffic. Its configuration has
been kept at default, because the table-based configuration wasn't
expressive enough to allow the explicit configuration.
Now that the configuration of pool 15 can be described, do so. The MC
pool should have infinite size, infinite per-TC quota, and per-port
limit of 90K.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some pools configured through the sb_pm entries may have by default
static size. The MC pool is now not explicitly configured, however it
gets configured as static implicitly by 0-initializing sb->prs, and a
follow-up patch adds an explicit configuration to the same effect.
To support this, pass max_buff taken from sb_pm and sb_cm entries
through cell conversion before handing it to mlxsw_sp_sb_pm_write(), if
the pool that the sb_pm entry configures is statically-sized.
To keep current behavior, update mlxsw_sp_sb_cms_egress[] to denote
buffer sizes in bytes (assuming Spectrum 1 cell sizes, which the
original code assumed as well) instead of cells. Note that a follow-up
patch changes this to infinite size.
Also tweak a comment at SBMM configuration to remain true now that
statically-sized pools exist.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBPM register configures the shared buffer allocation and
configuration per port and pool. The min_buff value is the buffer size
dedicated to this single function, and is configured in cells.
Currently, all sb_pm entries have 0 for min_buff, and therefore the
actual unit is immaterial. However, in a follow-up patch we want to add
entries with non-zero minimum.
Therefore pass the min_buff from the sb_pm table through the cell
conversion before handing it over to mlxsw_sp_sb_pm_write().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBCM register configures the shared buffer configuration according
to port and TC. So far all pools have had a dynamic size, where the
infinite size is easy to express by using max_buff of 0xff. However the
MC pool should be configured with static size, and the infinite size
thus needs to be set using the field SBCM.infi_max.
Therefore add the field infi_max to the SBCM register and to
mlxsw_reg_sbcm_pack(). Extend mlxsw_sp_sb_cm_write() to handle infinite
sizes as well. Report infinite pool limits as if the limit actually were
the total shared buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MC pool should have an infinite size (i.e. no quota).
To that end, add infi_size to the SBPR register and extend
mlxsw_reg_sbpr_pack(). Also add MLXSW_SP_SB_INFI to denote
buffers that should have an infinite size.
Change mlxsw_sp_sb_pr_write() to take as parameter byte size,
instead of cell size, and add the special handling of infinite
buffers. Report pools with infinite size as if they actually
take the full shared buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Entities of infinite size will be reported as if they had the maximum
size allowed by the chip. To that end, keep track of maximum shared
buffer size in mlxsw_sp->sb.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code assumes that ingress and egress has the same number of
traffic classes. Since the introduction of MC-aware mode that assumption
hasn't held anymore, and there have been 16 TCs on the egress as opposed
to 8 on ingress.
Break the assumption of symmetry by splitting the artifacts related to
shared-buffer TC counting to ingress and egress parts.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mlxsw assumes that each ingress pool has its egress
counterpart, and that pool index for purposes of caching matches the
index with which the hardware should be configured. As we want to expose
the MC pool, both of these assumptions break.
Instead, maintain the pool index as long as possible. Unify ingress and
egress caches and use the pool index as cache index as well. Only
translate to FW pool numbering when actually packing the registers. This
simplifies things considerably, as the pool index is the only quantity
necessary to uniquely identify a pool, and the pool/direction split is
not necessary until firmware is talked to.
To support the mapping between pool indices and pool numbers and
directions, which is not neatly mathematical anymore, introduce a pool
descriptor table, indexed by pool index, to facilitate the translation.
Include the MC pool in the descriptor table as well, so that it can be
referenced from mlxsw_sp_sb_cms_egress.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With introduction of MC-aware mode to mlxsw, it became necessary to
configure TCs above 7 as well. There is now code in mlxsw to disable ETS
for these higher classes, but disablement of max shaper was neglected.
By default, max shaper is currently disabled to begin with, so the
problem is just cosmetic. However, for symmetry, do like we do for ETS
configuration, and call mlxsw_sp_port_ets_maxrate_set() for both TC i
and i + 8.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/quantenna/qtnfmac/cfg80211.c: In function 'qtnf_dump_survey':
drivers/net/wireless/quantenna/qtnfmac/cfg80211.c:694:19: warning:
variable 'vif' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The ucode chunk might be relatively large and the allocation with
kmalloc() may fail occasionally. Since the data isn't DMA-transferred
but by manual loops, we can use vmalloc instead of kmalloc.
For a better performance, though, kvmalloc() would be the best choice
in such a case, so let's replace with it.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1103431
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c: In function 'brcmf_sdio_rxglom':
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c:1466:11: warning:
variable 'sfdoff' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c: In function 'brcmf_sdio_bus_preinit':
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c:3408:7: warning:
variable 'pad_size' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
debugfs_remove_recursive has taken IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. So just
remove the condition check before debugfs_remove_recursive.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When obtaining the firmware capability a buffer is provided of 512
bytes. However, if all features in firmware are supported the buffer
needs to be 565 bytes as otherwise truncated information is retrieved
from firmware. Increasing the buffer to 768 bytes on stack.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In commit 66cffd6daa ("b43: fix transmit failure when VT is switched"),
a condition is noted where the network controller needs to be reset. Note
that this situation happens when running the open-source firmware
(http://netweb.ing.unibs.it/~openfwwf/), plus a number of other special
conditions.
for a different card model, it is reported that this change breaks
operation running the proprietary firmware
(https://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=153504546924558&w=2). Rather
than reverting the previous patch, the code is tweaked to avoid the
reset unless the open-source firmware is being used.
Fixes: 66cffd6daa ("b43: fix transmit failure when VT is switched")
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.18+
Cc: Taketo Kabe <kabe@sra-tohoku.co.jp>
Reported-and-tested-by: D. Prabhu <d.praabhu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to configure the DORQ to use vlan-id/priority for
roce EDPM.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain multi-function switch dependent modes, firmware adds vlan tag 0
to the untagged frames. This leads to double tagging for the traffic
if the dcbx is enabled, which is not the desired behavior. To avoid this,
driver needs to set "dcb_dont_add_vlan0" flag.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-function mode, driver receives the stag value (outer vlan)
for a PF from management FW (MFW). If the stag value is negotiated prior to
the driver load, then the stag is not notified to the driver and hence
driver will have the invalid stag value.
The fix is to request the MFW for STAG value during the driver load time.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c: In function 'atl1_set_link_ksettings':
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c:3280:6: warning:
variable 'advertising' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c: In function 'e1000_watchdog':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:2436:9: warning:
variable 'txb2b' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The local variable 'index_specified' is never used after being assigned.
hence it should be redundant adn can be removed.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP supports fairly enormous ring sizes (up to 256k descriptors).
In commit 4662717038 ("nfp: use kvcalloc() to allocate SW buffer
descriptor arrays") we have started using kvcalloc() functions to
make sure the allocation of software state arrays doesn't hit
the MAX_ORDER limit. Unfortunately, we can't use virtual mappings
for the DMA region holding HW descriptors. In case this allocation
fails instead of the generic (and fairly scary) warning/splat in
the logs print a helpful message explaining what happened and
suggesting how to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting register 0x82 to value 01 is done a few lines before for all
chip versions <= 06 anyway. And setting PHY register 0x0b to value 00
is done at the end of rtl8169s_hw_phy_config() already. So we can
remove this.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI_LATENCY_TIMER is ignored on PCIe, therefore we have to do this
for the PCI chips (version <= 06) only. Also we can move setting
PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That local variable are never used after being assigned.
hence it should be redundant and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The local variable 'k' is never used after being assigned.
hence it should be redundant adn can be removed.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG enabled we now get a warning when using the
mvneta driver:
mvneta d0030000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with
wrong function [device address=0x000000001165b000] [size=4096 bytes]
[mapped as page] [unmapped as single]
This is because when using the s/w buffer management, the Rx descriptor
buffer is mapped with dma_map_page but unmapped with dma_unmap_single.
This patch fixes this by using the right unmapping function.
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far all the places calling hclge_tm_q_to_qs_map_cfg() are assigning
an u16 type value to "q_id", and in the processing of
hclge_tm_q_to_qs_map_cfg(), it also converts the "q_id" to le16.
The max tqp number for pf can be more than 256, we should use "u16" to
store the queue id, instead of "u8", which may cause data lost.
Fixes: 848440544b ("net: hns3: Add support of TX Scheduler & Shaper to HNS3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When roce is loaded before nic, the roce client will not be initialized
until nic client is initialized, but roce init flag is set before it.
Furthermore, in this case of nic initialized success and roce failed,
the nic init flag is not set, and roce init flag is not cleared.
This patch fixes it by set init flag only after the client is initialized
successfully.
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If initialize client failed or finish uninitializing client, we should
clear the client pointer. It may cause unexpected result when use
uninitialized client. Meanwhile, we also should check whether client
exist when uninitialize it.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to hardware's description, the head pointer register should
be written before the tail pointer register while initializing the vf
command queue. Otherwise, it may trigger an interrupt even though there
is no command received.
Fixes: fedd0c15d2 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF IMP(Integrated Management Proc) cmd interface")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function of genphy_read_status is that reading phy information
from HW and using these information to update SW variable. If user
is using ethtool to setting the speed of phy and service task is calling
by hclge_get_mac_phy_link, the result of speed setting is uncertain.
Because ethtool cmd will modified phydev and hclge_get_mac_phy_link also
will modified phydev.
Because phy state machine will update phy link periodically, we can
just use phydev->link to check the link status. This patch removes
function call of genphy_read_status. To ensure accuracy, this patch
adds a phy state check. If phy state is not PHY_RUNNING, we consider
link is down. Because in some scenarios, phydev->link may be link up,
but phy state is not PHY_RUNNING. This is just an intermediate state.
In fact, the link is not ready yet.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, HW link status is up. If hclge_update_link_status is called
before net up, driver will print "link up". It is not suitable. hdev
state check is needed when getting link status.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We clear STATE_DOWN bit of hdev state when starting net, but do not set
it again when stopping net. It causes that the net is down, but hdev state
is still up. STATE_DOWN bit of hdev state should be set when stopping net.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the .ndo_do_ioctl net_device_ops operation to support
the PHY MII ioctl for PF driver.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All pf have permission to read packet statistics of public in hardware,
but the read operation will clear registers which cause statistical
inaccuracy.
This patch removes all packet statistics of public.
Signed-off-by: Junxin Chen <chenjunxin1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The the actual Tx work is minimal, driver can clean up as more
Tx descriptors as possible in a irq.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds unlikely for buf_num check.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All irq will float to cpu0 if do not set irq affinity.
This patch adds default irq affinity in hns3 driver, users can
also change the irq affinity in OS.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the explicit call to netif_carrier_off() in
mvneta_open() as this is already handled in phylink_start().
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the explicit call to netif_carrier_off() in PPv2's
open() path, as this is now handled in phylink_start().
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phylink made an assumption about the carrier state being down when
calling phylink_start(). If this assumption isn't satisfied, the
internal phylink state could misbehave and a net device could end up not
being functional.
This patch fixes this by explicitly calling netif_carrier_off() in
phylink_start().
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the mvpp2_percpu_read/write/... functions aren't really per-cpu but
per s/w thread, rename them to include 'thread' instead of 'percpu'.
This is a cosmetic patch.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 network controller has 9 internal threads. The driver
works fine when there are less CPUs available than threads. This isn't
true if more CPUs are available. As this is a valid use case, handle
this particular case.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch maps all uses of the CPU to threads. All this_cpu calls are
replaced, and all smp_processor_id() calls are wrapped into the
indirection.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reworks the Marvell PPv2 driver to stop using directly the
CPU number to access per-thread registers.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Marvell PPv2 driver the mvpp2_read_relaxed function is only used
in a single file. Make it static and remove its prototype from the
header.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 driver has per-cpu functions. As they only are used in
the main file, make them static and remove their prototype from the
header.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates the PPv2 driver so that all CPU variables are unsigned, as it
makes no sense to have a negative CPU number. This patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2.2 engine only has 8 Rx queues per CPU, while PPv2.1 has
16 of them. This patch updates the code so that the Rx queues mask width
is selected given the version of the network controller used.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the probing function so that the queue mode isn't
updated while probing, as the driver would silently end up using a
configuration not wanted by the user. The patch adds an extra check to
validate the chosen queue mode instead, and the driver will fail to
probe if the configuration is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames the IRQs in the Marvell PPv2 driver as their current
names match the way they are used in software. But this will change in
the future, and those IRQs have nothing to do with Rx/Tx interrupts
(this can be configured). The new binding also describe more interrupts
as some where left out.
The old binding support is kept for backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets the number of s/w threads to 9, its maximum value,
instead of 8. This is not a fix as only 4 of the s/w threads were used
so far, but more could be used in the future.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets from two descriptor to one descriptor because R-Car Gen3
does not have the 4 bytes alignment restriction of the transmission buffer.
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_stop() may be called e.g. when suspending, therefore all needed
actions should be performed synchronously. Therefore add a synchronous
call to the state machine.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIELD_SIZEOF is defined as a macro to calculate the specified value. Therefore,
We prefer to use the macro rather than calculating its value.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIELD_SIZEOF is defined as a macro to calculate the specified value. Therefore,
We prefer to use the macro rather than calculating its value.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove mt76_fw dependency from mt76x0u_upload_firmware routine since
it does not define firmware layout properly. Moreover use mt76_poll_msec
utility routine to check if the fw is properly running
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove unused usb header file and move mt76x0 firmware definition
in usb.c
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove mcu.c source file since it contains just 'one-line' function
that is shared between PCI and USB code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Firmware loading is usb specific, move it to usb.c file.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Using the NAPI or netdev frag cache along with other drivers can lead to
32 KiB pages being held for a long time, despite only being used for
very few page fragments.
This can happen if the driver grabs one or two fragments for rx ring
refill, while other drivers use (and free up) the remaining fragments.
The 32 KiB higher-order page can only be freed once all users have freed
their fragments.
Depending on the traffic patterns, this can waste a lot of memory and
look a lot like a memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_phy_tssi_compensate routine in mt76x2-common module
since it is shared between mt76x2 and mt76x2u drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mcu_calibrate routine in mt76x02-lib module since it is
shared between USB and PCI code. Moreover remove duplicated
code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move shared mt76x2 {pcie/usb} mcu shared code in a common file
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move shared mt76x2/mt76x0 mcu shared code in a common file
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_fw_header definition in mt76x02_mcu.h and remove
duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mcu common helpers instead of mt76x2 specific routines for
mcu_alloc_msg()/mcu_send_msg(). This is a preliminary patch to
unify mt76e and mt76u mcu code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_dev data structure instead of mt76x2_dev one in mt76x2_mcu_msg_send
and mt76x2_mcu_get_response routines. Moreover add wait_resp parameter to
mt76x2_mcu_msg_send signature. This is a preliminary patch in order to unify
mcu_msg_alloc()/mcu_msg_send() between pcie and usb code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move __iomem regs pointer in mt76_mmio data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76_mmio data structure in mt76_dev and
move mt76x2_mcu in mt76_mmio. This is a preliminary
patch to unify mcu code between mt76x02{e,u} drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove unused usb buffer in mt76x2_mcu data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_dev data structure instead of mt76x2_dev one in
mt76x2_tx_queue_mcu routine. This is a preliminary patch
to share mcu code between mt76x2e and mt76x0e
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove mt76_mcu_msg_alloc return value check since it is already
evaluated in __mt76x02u_mcu_send_msg
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We don't need to use custom burst write regs via MCU, we can use
generic mt76_wr_copy() for the same purpose.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt76x0_burst_read_regs is not used, but keep it for eventual use. Since
we have this function now in the driver git history, we can remove it and
eventually revert this commit it the function will be needed.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add static qualifier to mt76x02_remove_dma_hdr routine and
do not export the symbol since it is only used in mt76x02_util.c
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x02_dma.h header file to contain mt76x02 dma
related definitions
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76u_skb_dma_info routine in mt76x02-usb module and rename it in
mt76x02u_skb_dma_info. Moreover move mt76x02u_set_txinfo in
mt76x02_usb_core.c. This is a preliminary patch to move MT_TXD_INFO,
MT_MCU_MSG and MT_RX_FCE_INFO defs in mt76x02-lib module since other
chipsets (e.g. mt7603) use different dma definitions
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x02_usb_mcu.c in order to contain mt76x02u mcu related
code. Add mt76x02-usb module as a container for mt76x02 usb code.
This is a preliminary patch to move MT_TXD_INFO, MT_MCU_MSG and
MT_RX_FCE_INFO defs in mt76x02-lib module since other chipsets (e.g.
mt7603) use different dma definitions
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mcu common helpers instead of usb specific routines.
Add static qualifier to the following functions:
- mt76u_mcu_msg_alloc
- __mt76u_mcu_send_msg
- mt76u_mcu_send_msg
- mt76u_mcu_wr_rp
- mt76u_mcu_rd_rp
- mt76u_wr_rp
- mt76u_rd_rp
This is a preliminary patch to move mt76x02 usb mcu code in
mt76x02-usb module
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add USB implementation for read and write reg pair routines.
The actual implementation can use mcu related routines according to
MCU state
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76_mcu_ops data structure to contain mcu related function
pointers. This is a preliminary patch to move mt76x02 usb mcu code in
mt76x02-usb module
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x0 and mt76x2 mcu shared definition in mt76x02_mcu.h
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
According to vendor sdk, vco calibration has to be executed
for each channel configuration whereas mcu calibration has to be
performed during channel scanning. This patch fixes the mt76x0
monitor mode issue since in that configuration vco calibration
was never executed
Fixes: 10de7a8b4a ("mt76x0: phy files")
Tested-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove some USB specific code form mt76x0_alloc_device.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Initial effort to make mt76x0_register_device bus neutral.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
For now pci driver can read ASIC version from the device :-)
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_register_device routine for device registration.
mt76_register_device allows to enable VHT support on 5GHz band.
Overwrite unsupported vht features with mt76x0_vht_cap_mask routine.
Remove macaddr field of mt76x0_dev data structure and
use the mt76_dev one. Moreover remove following unused routines:
- mt76_init_sband
- mt76_init_sband_2g
- mt76_init_sband_5g
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove has_2ghz/has_5ghz fields of mt76x0_eeprom_params data
structure and use mt76_dev ones. This is a preliminary patch
to use shared routines for device allocation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Do not free/alloc {tx,rx} buffers during suspend/resume phases
but use the ones previously allocated during hw probe.
Move {tx,rx}/mcu buffers allocation from mt76x0_init_hardware routine
to mt76x0_register_device
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x0_init_hardware routine in mt76x0_register_device
during hw probe. This is a preliminary patch to avoid {tx/rx}
buffer allocation during resume/suspend
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move tear-down routines in mt76x0_mac_stop function.
mt76x0_mac_stop routines will be reused in mt76x0_suspend
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix memory leak during hw probe if mt76x0_register_device fails
since MT76_STATE_INITIALIZED has not set yet and mt76x0_cleanup
does not free tx/rx queues and mcu buffers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
swap mt76u_mcu_init_rx and mt76x0_mcu_function_select in
mt76x0_mcu_cmd_init routine in order to allocate mcu buffers
first and then send mcu commands
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_rate definition in mt76x02-lib module and rename it in
mt76x02_rates in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver.
Moreover remove unused mt76_rate definition
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since it is actually used in a single place and it just
runs mt76x0_chip_onoff routine, remove mt76x0_stop_hardware
and use mt76x0_chip_onoff directly
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove no longer used hw state
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We need to truncate skb to proper length. This fix below message:
wlan0: associating with AP with corrupt beacon and probe response
Fixes: 9d87d9fad47e ("mt76x0: unify tx/rx datapath with mt76x2u driver")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Initialize wake_tx_queue function pointer in ieee80211_ops
in order to enable per-sta tx queueing. Moreover set driver
private txq size
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove unused definition of stat_work delayed_work definition and
related flush/cancel routines
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove no longer used mt76x0_tx_status routine since
mt76x0 driver uses mt76-usb utility routines to report tx-feedbacks
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove unused tx_queue and rx_queue definitions since
now mt76x0 driver uses mt76-usb {tx/rx}_queues
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove unused tx_status workqueue since now tx feedbacks are
processed by mt76-usb layer
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove unused dma.c source file since dma related routines are no
longer used
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Set maximum number of tx fragments according to usb controller
features
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cancel tx status workqueue during vif teardown
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76/mt76-usb shared routine for tx/rx datapath.
Initialize mt76-usb tx/rx queues in mt76x0_init_hardware and
deallocate them in mt76x0_cleanup routine.
Moreover remove data padding in mt76_mac_process_rx routine.
Furthermore remove unused skb2q routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_alloc_device utility routine for mt76x0_dev/mt76_dev
allocation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Init mt76_driver_ops callbacks in mt76x0_alloc_device.
mt76_driver_ops callbacks will be used by mt76-usb module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x0_queue_rx_skb routine as mt76x0 driver
frame rx handler. mt76x0_queue_rx_skb will be run by mt76-usb layer
rx datapath
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove data pointer from mt76_mac_process_rx routine signature
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Set MT76_STATE_RUNNING flag in mt76x0_start routine and
clear it in mt76x0_stop one
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to use zero-copying, disable usb rx bulk aggregation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2u_tx_status_data routine in mt76x02-lib module and rename it
in mt76x02_tx_status_data in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x0_tx_prepare_skb routine as tx txwi handler.
mt76x0_tx_prepare_skb will be used by mt76-usb layer
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2u_set_txinfo routine in mt76x02-lib module and rename it in
mt76x02_set_txinfo in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76_qsel definition in dma.h in order to be reused in mt76x0
driver. Moreover remove empty mt76x2_dma.h header file
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2u_tx_complete_skb routine in mt76x02-lib module
and rename it in mt76x02_tx_complete_skb in order to be reused
in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2u_remove_dma_hdr in mt76x02-lib module and rename it in
mt76x02_remove_dma_hdr. Moreover use mt76x02_remove_hdr_pad routine
in mt76x02_remove_dma_hdr function.
Furthermore remove mt76x0_tx_skb_remove_dma_overhead routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_tx_complete routine in mt76x02-lib module and rename it in
mt76x02_tx_complete in order to be used in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_dev instead of mt76x2_dev in mt76x2_tx_complete signature
in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Merge code filing txwi fields the same way on mt76x0 and mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Merge insert/remove _hdr_pad from mt76x0 and mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Allocate skg with enough headroom by mac80211 , this eliminate need
to add extra skb headroom by the mt76x0 driver.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Merge send_tx_status and helper functions from mt76x0 and mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use common sta_rate_tbl_update on mt76x0 and mt76x2.
mt76x0 do not have support TPC (transmision power control) implmented,
msta->wcid.max_txpwr_adj is only set for mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Make common add_interface for mt76x0 and mt76x2e. This change behavior
for mt76x0, but it should work with the new implementation.
mt76x2u has different implementation. Maybe it can use common one,
but for now leave it as is.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use common remove_interface callback in mt76x0 and mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use one conf_tx implementation in mt76x0 and mt76x2. Note this change
conf_tx for mt76x0, but it should work with mt76x2 version.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use the same AC to hardware queue mappings for all subdrivers.
Note: this change BK and BE mappings for USB drivers.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76x2_ampdu_action as common function, mt76x0 ampdu_action was
diffrent, but mt76x2 version should work for this driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Create common mt76x02_vif_init function and use int on drivers
add_interface callback.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Merge mt76x0 and mt76x0 sta add/remove callback. We drop
mt76x0_mac_set_ampdu_factor() for now. Need to consider to add
it to common code, but mt76x2 don't do it so perhaps mt76x0 don't
need it as well.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
All current MT devices including new MT7603 type chips support 128
WCIDs, we can unify wcid data in common mt76_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If a network interface is created prior to the SFP socket being
available, ethtool can request module information. This unfortunately
leads to an oops:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000008
pgd = (ptrval)
[00000008] *pgd=7c400831, *pte=00000000, *ppte=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] SMP ARM
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1480 Comm: ethtool Not tainted 4.19.0-rc3 #138
Hardware name: Broadcom Northstar Plus SoC
PC is at sfp_get_module_info+0x8/0x10
LR is at dev_ethtool+0x218c/0x2afc
Fix this by not filling in the network device's SFP bus pointer until
SFP is fully bound, thereby avoiding the core calling into the SFP bus
code.
Fixes: ce0aa27ff3 ("sfp: add sfp-bus to bridge between network devices and sfp cages")
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no Tx IRQ is available, the txq_done() routine (called from
tx_done()) shouldn't be called from the polling function, as in such
case it is already called in the Tx path thanks to an hrtimer. This
mostly occurred when using PPv2.1, as the engine then do not have Tx
IRQs.
Fixes: edc660fa09 ("net: mvpp2: replace TX coalescing interrupts with hrtimer")
Reported-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EtherAVB hardware requires 0 to be written to status register bits in
order to clear them, however, care must be taken not to:
1. Clear other bits, by writing zero to them
2. Write one to reserved bits
This patch corrects the ravb driver with respect to the second point above.
This is done by defining reserved bit masks for the affected registers and,
after auditing the code, ensure all sites that may write a one to a
reserved bit use are suitably masked.
Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
module.h already contained moduleparam.h, so it is safe to remove
the redundant include.
The issue is detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
module.h already contained moduleparam.h, so it is safe to remove
the redundant include.
The issue is detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replace the custom definition of writeq/read and use ones
defined in linux/io-64-nonatomic-lo-hi.h.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replace the custom definition of writeq/read and use ones
defined in linux/io-64-nonatomic-lo-hi.h.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following compile warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_devlink.c:49:5: warning: nvm_param.dir_type may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
if (nvm_param.dir_type == BNXT_NVM_PORT_CFG)
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, also the implementation in this
driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, so just change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJboCdPAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+OqQH/2U2kCMUHRuG6WGEbm+bTz7m
fF2L1iRMeXvpmD0FrWs1XiBEg1/6Gf6GfNLmuwRqhHJMi/ok1310V5UbQ3dcXEQ5
7rIzBUbd2jyrI5wln9ISgmvgi/r7Cdzf9xNM3MHmPCouNWxbX85VLTGdTXcsUknd
Z7lZHbPjB8aeZEBmeQdNbGvwZOe9IIgTlfEN4gwrYvUtJD82HrGgGpdLvnSWgy4X
RhKdjvhkYx5ba3AH9CbY88oR5LRjhk3dGhngpMDvQZBmqE0W0j8tXkR8bj36zJN6
m2YJadeGlds7fubFORYaaDGuPBtCT5SnrJqboEMZ8fzuJMqdyvBNI/LtTRTIGAc=
=FOdR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2018-09-17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2018-09-17
Sorry about the previous submission of this series which was mistakenly
marked for net-next, here I am resending with 'net' mark.
This series provides three fixes to mlx5 core and mlx5e netdevice
driver.
Please pull and let me know if there's any problem.
For -stable v4.16:
('net/mlx5: Check for SQ and not RQ state when modifying hairpin SQ')
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the Netgear WNDAP620, the emac ethernet isn't receiving nor
xmitting any frames from/to the RTL8363SB (identifies itself
as a RTL8367RB).
This is caused by the emac hardware not knowing the forced link
parameters for speed, duplex, pause, etc.
This begs the question, how this was working on the original
driver code, when it was necessary to set the phy_address and
phy_map to 0xffffffff. But I guess without access to the old
PPC405/440/460 hardware, it's not possible to know.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct pcpu_vstats and pcpu_lstats have same members and
usage, and pcpu_lstats is used in many files, so rename
pcpu_vstats as pcpu_lstats to reduce duplicate definition
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yu <zhangyu31@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we are always setting the tail address of descriptor list to
the end of the pre-allocated list.
According to databook this is not correct. Tail address should point to
the last available descriptor + 1, which means we have to update the
tail address everytime we call the xmit function.
This should make no impact in older versions of MAC but in newer
versions there are some DMA features which allows the IP to fetch
descriptors in advance and in a non sequential order so its critical
that we set the tail address correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Fixes: f748be531d ("stmmac: support new GMAC4")
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This follows David Miller advice and tries to fix coalesce timer in
multi-queue scenarios.
We are now using per-queue coalesce values and per-queue TX timer.
Coalesce timer default values was changed to 1ms and the coalesce frames
to 25.
Tested in B2B setup between XGMAC2 and GMAC5.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Fixes: ce736788e8 ("net: stmmac: adding multiple buffers for TX")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Cc: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-09-18
This series contains changes to i40evf so that it becomes a more
generic virtual function driver for current and future silicon.
While doing the rename of i40evf to a more generic name of iavf,
we also put the driver on a severe diet due to how much of the
code was unneeded or was unused. The outcome is a lean and mean
virtual function driver that continues to work on existing 40GbE
(i40e) virtual devices and prepped for future supported devices,
like the 100GbE (ice) virtual devices.
This solves 2 issues we saw coming or were already present, the
first was constant code duplication happening with i40e/i40evf,
when much of the duplicate code in the i40evf was not used or was
not needed. The second was to remove the future confusion of why
future VF devices that were not considered "40GbE" only devices
were supported by i40evf.
The thought is that iavf will be the virtual function driver for
all future devices, so it should have a "generic" name to properly
represent that it is the VF driver for multiple generations of
devices.
The last patch in this series is unreleated to the iavf conversion
and just has to do with a MODULE_LICENSE correction.
Known Caveats:
Existing user space configurations may have to change, but the module
alias in patch 1 helps a bit here.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently updated all our SPDX identifiers to correctly
indicate our net/ethernet/intel/* drivers were always released
and intended to be released under GPL v2, but the MODULE_LICENSE
declaration was never updated.
Fix the MODULE_LICENSE to be GPL v2, for all our drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This finishes the process of renaming the files that
make sense to rename (skipping adminq related files that
talk to i40e), and fixes up the build and the #includes
so that everything builds nicely.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is the big rename patch, it takes most of the i40e_
and I40E_ strings and renames them to iavf_ and IAVF_.
Some of the adminq code, as well as most of the client
interface code used by RDMA is left unchanged in order
to indicate that the driver is talking to non-internal to
iavf code.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rename the i40e_trace file and fix up all the callers
to the new names inside the iavf_trace.h file.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up the i40e_hw names to new name, including versions
inside other strings.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Take care of some renames containing I40E_ADMINQ_DESC.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rename the device ID defines to have IAVF in them
and remove all the unused defines.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the register name references to I40E_VF* and change to
IAVF_VF. Update the descriptor names and defines to the IAVF
name.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simply move the i40evf files to the new name, updating the #includes
to track the new names, and updating the Makefile as well.
A future patch will remove the i40e references (after the code
removal patches later in this series).
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is just a rename of an internal variable i40e_status, but
it was a pretty big change and so deserved it's own patch.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This basically begins the internal portion of the rename of i40evf to iavf,
by renaming many of the functions, structs, variables and defines.
Most of the changes were made mechanically, which introduces some
alignment issues.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove a bunch of unused code and reformat a few lines. Also
remove some now un-necessary files.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two new tls tests added in parallel in both net and net-next.
Used Stephen Rothwell's linux-next resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the Intel Ethernet Adaptive Virtual Function driver
(i40evf) to a new name (iavf) that is more consistent with
the ongoing maintenance of the driver as the universal VF driver
for multiple product lines.
This first patch fixes up the directory names and the .ko name,
intentionally ignoring the function names inside the driver
for now. Basically this is the simplest patch that gets
the rename done and will be followed by other patches that
rename the internal functions.
This patch also addresses a couple of string/name issues
and updates the Copyright year.
Also, made sure to add a MODULE_ALIAS to the old name.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent firmware revisions have added the ability to force
these modems to USB2 mode, hiding their SuperSpeed
capabilities from the host. The driver has been using the
SuperSpeed capability, as shown by the bcdUSB field of the
device descriptor, to detect the need to enable the DTR
quirk. This method fails when the modems are forced to
USB2 mode by the modem firmware.
Fix by unconditionally enabling the DTR quirk for the
affected device IDs.
Reported-by: Fred Veldini <fred.veldini@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Deshu Wen <dwen@sierrawireless.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Reported-by: Fred Veldini <fred.veldini@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Deshu Wen <dwen@sierrawireless.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver may sleep with holding a spinlock.
The function call paths (from bottom to top) in Linux-4.17 are:
[FUNC] usleep_range
drivers/net/ethernet/socionext/sni_ave.c, 892:
usleep_range in ave_rxfifo_reset
drivers/net/ethernet/socionext/sni_ave.c, 932:
ave_rxfifo_reset in ave_irq_handler
[FUNC] usleep_range
drivers/net/ethernet/socionext/sni_ave.c, 888:
usleep_range in ave_rxfifo_reset
drivers/net/ethernet/socionext/sni_ave.c, 932:
ave_rxfifo_reset in ave_irq_handler
To fix these bugs, usleep_range() is replaced with udelay().
These bugs are found by my static analysis tool DSAC.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some boards a platform clock is used as clock for the r8169 chip,
this commit adds support for getting and enabling this clock (assuming
it has an "ether_clk" alias set on it).
This is related to commit d31fd43c0f ("clk: x86: Do not gate clocks
enabled by the firmware") which is a previous attempt to fix this for some
x86 boards, but this causes all Cherry Trail SoC using boards to not reach
there lowest power states when suspending.
This commit (together with an atom-pmc-clk driver commit adding the alias)
fixes things properly by making the r8169 get the clock and enable it when
it needs it.
Buglink: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=193891#c102
Buglink: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196861
Cc: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Cc: Carlo Caione <carlo@endlessm.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Intel SoC was prevented from entering lower idle state because
of RTL8106E's ASPM was not enabled.
So enable ASPM on RTL8106E (chip version 39).
Now the Intel SoC can enter lower idle state, power consumption and
temperature are much lower.
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a small delay after setting ASPM in vendor drivers, r8101 and
r8168.
In addition, those drivers enable ASPM before ClkReq, also change that
to align with vendor driver.
I haven't seen anything bad becasue of this, but I think it's better to
keep in sync with vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When modifying hairpin SQ, instead of checking if the next state equals
to MLX5_SQC_STATE_RDY, we compare it against the MLX5_RQC_STATE_RDY enum
value.
The code worked since both of MLX5_RQC_STATE_RDY and MLX5_SQC_STATE_RDY
have the same value today.
This patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: 18e568c390 ("net/mlx5: Hairpin pair core object setup")
Change-Id: I6758aa7b4bd137966ae28206b70648c5bc223b46
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use accessor function READ_ONCE to read from coherent memory modified
by the device and read by the driver. This becomes most important in
preemptive kernels where cond_resched implementation does not have the
side effect which guaranteed the updated value.
Fixes: 269d26f47f ("net/mlx5: Reduce command polling interval")
Change-Id: Ie6deeb565ffaf76777b07448c7fbcce3510bbb8a
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix the following compile warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:2964:12: warning: lan743x_pm_suspend defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int lan743x_pm_suspend(struct device *dev)
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_main.c:2987:12: warning: lan743x_pm_resume defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int lan743x_pm_resume(struct device *dev)
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add functions for get_fecparam and set_fecparam.
2. Modify lio_get_link_ksettings to display FEC setting.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put has taken the null pointer check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before of_node_put.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put has taken the null pointer check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before of_node_put.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_node_put has taken the null pointer check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before of_node_put.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes skb_shared area, which will be corrupted
upon reception of 4K jumbo packets.
Originally build_skb usage purpose was to reuse page for skb to eliminate
needs of extra fragments. But that logic does not take into account that
skb_shared_info should be reserved at the end of skb data area.
In case packet data consumes all the page (4K), skb_shinfo location
overflows the page. As a consequence, __build_skb zeroed shinfo data above
the allocated page, corrupting next page.
The issue is rarely seen in real life because jumbo are normally larger
than 4K and that causes another code path to trigger.
But it 100% reproducible with simple scapy packet, like:
sendp(IP(dst="192.168.100.3") / TCP(dport=443) \
/ Raw(RandString(size=(4096-40))), iface="enp1s0")
Fixes: 018423e90b ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Add ring support code")
Reported-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Reported-by: Michael Rauch <michael@rauch.be>
Signed-off-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one code block when returning because the interface type is
unsupported and also check if some unsupported port gets configured.
In addition fix a double the and use dsa_is_cpu_port() instated of
manually getting the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch and the MAC are in one IP core and they use the same clock
signal from the clock generation unit.
Currently the clock architecture in the lantiq SoC code does not allow
to easily share the same clocks, this has to be fixed by switching to
the common clock framework.
As a workaround the clock of the switch and MAC should be activated when
the MAC gets probed and only disabled when the MAC gets removed. This
way it is ensured that the clock is always enabled when the switch or
MAC is used. The switch can not be used without the MAC.
This fixes a data bus error when rebooting the system and deactivating
the switch and mac and later accessing some registers in the cleanup
while the clocks are disabled.
Fixes: fe1a56420c ("net: lantiq: Add Lantiq / Intel VRX200 Ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf_gmac.c:322:5: warning:
symbol 'hns_gmac_wait_fifo_clean' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: fe1a56420c ("net: lantiq: Add Lantiq / Intel VRX200 Ethernet driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value from of_reset_control_array_get_exclusive() is not
checked correctly. The test is done against a wrong variable. This
patch fix it.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a cut/paste error and a typo which results in ATU miss violations
not being reported.
Fixes: 0977644c50 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Decode ATU problem interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Matching network device based on MAC address is problematic
since a non VF network device can be creted with a duplicate MAC
address causing confusion and problems. The VMBus API does provide
a serial number that is a better matching method.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent commit to always forward the VF MAC address to the PF for
approval may not work if the PF driver or the firmware is older. This
will cause the VF driver to fail during probe:
bnxt_en 0000:00:03.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): hwrm req_type 0xf seq id 0x5 error 0xffff
bnxt_en 0000:00:03.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): VF MAC address 00:00:17:02:05:d0 not approved by the PF
bnxt_en 0000:00:03.0: Unable to initialize mac address.
bnxt_en: probe of 0000:00:03.0 failed with error -99
We fix it by treating the error as fatal only if the VF MAC address is
locally generated by the VF.
Fixes: 707e7e9660 ("bnxt_en: Always forward VF MAC address to the PF.")
Reported-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reported-by: Siwei Liu <loseweigh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The operation ~(p100_inb(VG_LAN_CFG_1) & HP100_LINK_UP) returns a value
that is always non-zero and hence the wait for the link to drop always
terminates prematurely. Fix this by using a logical not operator instead
of a bitwise complement. This issue has been in the driver since
pre-2.6.12-rc2.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#114157 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new configuration for the sama5d3-macb new compatibility string.
This configuration disables scatter-gather because we experienced lock down
of the macb interface of this particular SoC under very high load.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Net drivers using phylink shouldn't mess with the link carrier
themselves and should let phylink manage it. The mvpp2 driver wasn't
following this best practice as the mac_config() function made calls to
change the link carrier state. This led to wrongly reported carrier link
state which then triggered other issues. This patch fixes this
behaviour.
But the PPv2 driver relied on this misbehaviour in two cases: for fixed
links and when not using phylink (ACPI mode). The later was fixed by
adding an explicit call to link_up(), which when the ACPI mode will use
phylink should be removed.
The fixed link case was relying on the mac_config() function to set the
link up, as we found an issue in phylink_start() which assumes the
carrier is off. If not, the link_up() function is never called. To fix
this, a call to netif_carrier_off() is added just before phylink_start()
so that we do not introduce a regression in the driver.
Fixes: 4bb0432628 ("net: mvpp2: phylink support")
Reported-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch mades TI_DAVINCI_CPDMA select GENERIC_ALLOCATOR.
without that, the following sparc64 build failure happen
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_check_free_tx_desc':
(.text+0x278): undefined reference to `gen_pool_avail'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_chan_submit':
(.text+0x340): undefined reference to `gen_pool_alloc'
(.text+0x5c4): undefined reference to `gen_pool_free'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `__cpdma_chan_free':
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x64c): undefined reference to `gen_pool_free'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_desc_pool_destroy.isra.6':
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x17ac): undefined reference to `gen_pool_size'
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x17b8): undefined reference to `gen_pool_avail'
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x1824): undefined reference to `gen_pool_size'
davinci_cpdma.c:(.text+0x1830): undefined reference to `gen_pool_avail'
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_cpdma.o: In function `cpdma_ctlr_create':
(.text+0x19f8): undefined reference to `devm_gen_pool_create'
(.text+0x1a90): undefined reference to `gen_pool_add_virt'
Makefile:1011: recipe for target 'vmlinux' failed
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We wrongly use wcid_mask instead of vif_mask. This creates problems
when the interface is removed more than 8 times, for example with iw:
iw dev <devname> interface add <name> type <type>
iw dev <name> del
This caused 'ifconfig up' to fail with error:
SIOCSIFFLAGS: No space left on device
Fixes: 95e444098a ("mt76x0: main file")
Reported-and-tested-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
PHY_POLL is defined as -1 which means that we would be setting all flags of the
PHY driver, this is also not a valid flag to tell PHYLIB about, just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synopsys DWC Ethernet MAC can be configured to have 1..32, 64, or
128 unicast filter entries. (Table 7-8 MAC Address Registers from
databook) Fix dwmac1000_validate_ucast_entries() to accept values
between 1 and 32 in addition.
Signed-off-by: Jongsung Kim <neidhard.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- In CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_INCOMPLETE state check if the dcb
version is changed and update the dcb supported version.
- Also, fill the priority code point value for priority
based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
print per rx-queue packet errors in sge_qinfo
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not put host-endian 0 or 1 into big endian feild.
Reported-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pcpu_lstats is defined in several files, so unify them as one
and move to header file
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yu <zhangyu31@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the quest to remove all stack VLA usage from the kernel[1], this
removes the VLA used for the emac xaht registers size. Since the size
of registers can only ever be 4 or 8, as detected in emac_init_config(),
the max can be hardcoded and a runtime test added for robustness.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Co-developed-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace "fallthru" with a proper "fall through" annotation.
This fix is part of the ongoing efforts to enabling
-Wimplicit-fallthrough
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fields ->dev and ->next of struct ipddp_route may be copied to
userspace on the SIOCFINDIPDDPRT ioctl. This is only accessible
to CAP_NET_ADMIN though. Let's manually copy the relevant fields
instead of using memcpy().
BugLink: http://blog.infosectcbr.com.au/2018/09/linux-kernel-infoleaks.html
Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the Device Tree is not providing the per-port interrupts, do not fail
during b53_srab_irq_enable() but instead bail out gracefully. The SRAB driver
is used on the BCM5301X (Northstar) platforms which do not yet have the SRAB
interrupts wired up.
Fixes: 16994374a6 ("net: dsa: b53: Make SRAB driver manage port interrupts")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implement TUN_MSG_PTR msg_control type. This type allows
the caller to pass an array of XDP buffs to tuntap through ptr field
of the tun_msg_control. Tap will build skb through those XDP buffers.
This will avoid lots of indirect calls thus improves the icache
utilization and allows to do XDP batched flushing when doing XDP
redirection.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implement TUN_MSG_PTR msg_control type. This type allows
the caller to pass an array of XDP buffs to tuntap through ptr field
of the tun_msg_control. If an XDP program is attached, tuntap can run
XDP program directly. If not, tuntap will build skb and do a fast
receiving since part of the work has been done by vhost_net.
This will avoid lots of indirect calls thus improves the icache
utilization and allows to do XDP batched flushing when doing XDP
redirection.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces to a new tun/tap specific msg_control:
#define TUN_MSG_UBUF 1
#define TUN_MSG_PTR 2
struct tun_msg_ctl {
int type;
void *ptr;
};
This allows us to pass different kinds of msg_control through
sendmsg(). The first supported type is ubuf (TUN_MSG_UBUF) which will
be used by the existed vhost_net zerocopy code. The second is XDP
buff, which allows vhost_net to pass XDP buff to TUN. This could be
used to implement accepting an array of XDP buffs from vhost_net in
the following patches.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch split out XDP logic into a single function. This make it to
be reused by XDP batching path in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we're sure not to go native XDP, there's no need for several things
like bh and rcu stuffs. So this patch introduces a helper to build skb
and hold page refcnt. When we found we will go through skb path, build
skb directly.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to duplicate page get logic in each action. So this
patch tries to get page and calculate the offset before processing XDP
actions (except for XDP_DROP), and undo them when meet errors (we
don't care the performance on errors). This will be used for factoring
out XDP logic.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch move the bh enabling a little bit earlier, this will be
used for factoring out the core XDP logic of tuntap.
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new sock flag - SOCK_XDP. This will be used
for notifying the upper layer that XDP program is attached on the
lower socket, and requires for extra headroom.
TUN will be the first user.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 57f230ab04 ("xen/netfront: raise max number of slots in
xennet_get_responses()") raised the max number of allowed slots by one.
This seems to be problematic in some configurations with netback using
a larger MAX_SKB_FRAGS value (e.g. old Linux kernel with MAX_SKB_FRAGS
defined as 18 instead of nowadays 17).
Instead of BUG_ON() in this case just fall back to retransmission.
Fixes: 57f230ab04 ("xen/netfront: raise max number of slots in xennet_get_responses()")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the DSA driver for the GSWIP Switch found in the VRX200 SoC.
This switch is integrated in the DSL SoC, this SoC uses a GSWIP version
2.1, there are other SoCs using different versions of this IP block, but
this driver was only tested with the version found in the VRX200.
Currently only the basic features are implemented which will forward all
packages to the CPU and let the CPU do the forwarding. The hardware also
support Layer 2 offloading which is not yet implemented in this driver.
The GPHY FW loaded is now done by this driver and not any more by the
separate driver in drivers/soc/lantiq/gphy.c, I will remove this driver
is a separate patch. to make use of the GPHY this switch driver is
needed anyway. Other SoCs have more embedded GPHYs so this driver should
support a variable number of GPHYs. After the firmware was loaded the
GPHY can be probed on the MDIO bus and it behaves like an external GPHY,
without the firmware it can not be probed on the MDIO bus.
The clock names in the sysctrl.c file have to be changed because the
clocks are now used by a different driver. This should be cleaned up and
a real common clock driver should provide the clocks instead.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This drives the PMAC between the GSWIP Switch and the CPU in the VRX200
SoC. This is currently only the very basic version of the Ethernet
driver.
When the DMA channel is activated we receive some packets which were
send to the SoC while it was still in U-Boot, these packets have the
wrong header. Resetting the IP cores did not work so we read out the
extra packets at the beginning and discard them.
This also adapts the clock code in sysctrl.c to use the default name of
the device node so that the driver gets the correct clock. sysctrl.c
should be replaced with a proper common clock driver later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DMA channel is opened the IRQ should not get activated
automatically, this allows it to pull data out manually without the help
of interrupts. This is needed for a workaround in the vrx200 Ethernet
driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make use of array info obtained from gpiod_get_array() and
speed up processing of arrays matching single GPIO chip layout, that
information must be passed to get/set array functions. Extend the
functions' API with that additional parameter and update all users.
Pass NULL if a user builds an array itself from single GPIOs.
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis <miguel.ojeda.sandonis@gmail.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
Cc: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Cc: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
Cc: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Cc: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Cc: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Cc: Michael Hennerich <Michael.Hennerich@analog.com>
Cc: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Cc: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Meerwald-Stadler <pmeerw@pmeerw.net>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Cc: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Krzysztofik <jmkrzyszt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Most users of get/set array functions iterate consecutive bits of data,
usually a single integer, while processing array of results obtained
from, or building an array of values to be passed to those functions.
Save time wasted on those iterations by changing the functions' API to
accept bitmaps.
All current users are updated as well.
More benefits from the change are expected as soon as planned support
for accepting/passing those bitmaps directly from/to respective GPIO
chip callbacks if applicable is implemented.
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis <miguel.ojeda.sandonis@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Cc: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
Cc: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Cc: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
Cc: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Cc: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Cc: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Cc: Michael Hennerich <Michael.Hennerich@analog.com>
Cc: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Cc: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Meerwald-Stadler <pmeerw@pmeerw.net>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Cc: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Krzysztofik <jmkrzyszt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Similar with commit 72f6d71e49 ("vxlan: add ttl inherit support"),
currently ttl == 0 means "use whatever default value" on geneve instead
of inherit inner ttl. To respect compatibility with old behavior, let's
add a new IFLA_GENEVE_TTL_INHERIT for geneve ttl inherit support.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MV88E6xxx can have external PHYs attached to certain ports and those
PHYs could even be on different MDIO bus than the one within the switch.
This patch makes sure that ports with such PHYs are configured correctly
according to the information provided by the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DIV_ROUND_UP has implemented the code-opened function. Therefore, just
replace the implementation with DIV_ROUND_UP.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c: In function 'qlcnic_sriov_pull_bc_msg':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c:907:6: warning:
variable 'fw_mbx' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c: In function 'qlcnic_sriov_issue_bc_post':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_common.c:939:16: warning:
variable 'hdr_size' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Yue Haibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have MAC drivers open code the test, add a helper in
phylib. This will help when we change the type of phydev->supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool can be used to enable/disable pause. Add a helper to configure
the PHY when Pause is supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool can be used to enable/disable pause. Add a helper to configure
the PHY when asym pause is supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have the MAC drivers manipulate phydev members, add a
helper function for MACs supporting Pause, but not Asym Pause.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have the MAC drivers manipulate phydev members to indicate
they support Asym Pause, add a helper function.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some MAC hardware cannot support a subset of link modes. e.g. often
1Gbps Full duplex is supported, but Half duplex is not. Add a helper
to remove such a link mode.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PHY drivers don't indicate they support pause. They expect MAC drivers
to enable its support if the MAC has the needed hardware. Thus MAC
drivers should not mask Pause support, but enable it.
Change a few ANDs to ORs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy supported speed is being used to determine if the MAC should
be configured to 100 or 1G. The masking logic is broken. Instead, look
at 1G supported speeds to enable 1G MAC support.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many Ethernet MAC drivers want to limit the PHY to only advertise a
maximum speed of 100Mbs or 1Gbps. Rather than using a mask, make use
of the helper function phy_set_max_speed().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is nothing in this driver which prevents it to be compiled for
other architectures. Add COMPILE_TEST so we get better compile test
coverage.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver indicates it can do 10/100 full and half duplex, plus 1G
Full. The datasheet indicates 1G half is also supported. So make use
of the standard PHY_GBIT_FEATURES.
It could be, this was added because there is a MAC which does not
support 1G half. Bit this is the wrong place to enforce this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY driver should not indicate that Pause is supported. It is upto
the MAC drive enable it, if it supports Pause frames. So remove it
from the ste10Xp driver.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report in standard netdev stats drops and errors as well as
RX multicast from the FW vNIC counters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a bug where ipv6 tunnels would report that it is
getting offloaded to hardware but would actually be rejected
by hardware.
Fixes: b27d6a95a7 ("nfp: compile flower vxlan tunnel set actions")
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we only checked if the vlan id field is present when trying
to match a vlan tag. The vlan id and vlan pcp field should be treated
independently.
Fixes: 5571e8c9f2 ("nfp: extend flower matching capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Built-in PHY ports are still being polled, avoid generating spurious
and duplicate events which the PHY library resolves through polling
anyways.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After system suspend, sometimes the r8169 doesn't work when ethernet
cable gets pluggued.
This issue happens because rtl_reset_work() doesn't get called from
rtl8169_runtime_resume(), after system suspend.
In rtl_task(), RTL_FLAG_TASK_* only gets cleared if this condition is
met:
if (!netif_running(dev) ||
!test_bit(RTL_FLAG_TASK_ENABLED, tp->wk.flags))
...
If RTL_FLAG_TASK_ENABLED was cleared during system suspend while
RTL_FLAG_TASK_RESET_PENDING was set, the next rtl_schedule_task() won't
schedule task as the flag is still there.
So in addition to clearing RTL_FLAG_TASK_ENABLED, also clears other
flags.
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed extra characters from the names of structures to unify prefixes
used through the driver code (we normally use hw_atl for hw specifics).
HW_ATL_B0_ and HW_ATL_A0_ are the same and useless copies.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed extra spaces, corrected alignment.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support of Energy-Efficient Ethernet to aQuantia NIC's via ethtool
(according to the IEEE 802.3az specifications)
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add WOL support. Currently only magic packet
(ethtool -s <ethX> wol g) feature is implemented.
Remove hw_set_power and move that to FW_OPS set_power:
because WOL configuration behaves differently on 1x and 2x
firmwares
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added definitions and structures needed to support WOL.
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the upload function, which worked incorrectly with
some chips.
Signed-off-by: Yana Esina <yana.esina@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the changes in patch 1 and 2, droq lock is not required.
So removing droq lock.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed oom task unconditional rescheduling every 250ms and created per
queue oom work queue for refilling buffers.
The oom task refills only if the available descriptors is fallen to 64.
There will be no packets coming in after hitting this level. So NAPI will
not run until oom task refills the buffers.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Control packets are processed in tasklet when interface is down and in
NAPI when interface is up. So tasklet can be disabled when interface up
and re-enabled when interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dma_zalloc_coherent() now crashes if no dev pointer is given.
Add a dev pointer to the ltq_dma_channel structure and fill it in the
driver using it.
This fixes a bug introduced in kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
debugfs_remove_recursive has taken IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. So just
remove the condition check before debugfs_remove_recursive.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
debugfs_remove_recursive has taken the IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. Just
remove the unnecessary condition check.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "pause" variable is only initialized on BCM5301x.
Fixes: 5e004460f8 ("net: dsa: b53: Add helper to set link parameters")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the incorrect WR_HDR field which can cause a misinterpretation
of ABORT CPL by ULDs, such as iw_cxgb4.
Fixes: a3cdaa69e4 ("cxgb4: Adds CPL support for Shared Receive Queues")
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Quectel EP06 (and EM06/EG06) supports dynamic configuration of USB
interfaces, without the device changing VID/PID or configuration number.
When the configuration is updated and interfaces are added/removed, the
interface numbers change. This means that the current code for matching
EP06 does not work.
This patch removes the current EP06 interface number match, and replaces
it with a match on class, subclass and protocol. Unfortunately, matching
on those three alone is not enough, as the diag interface exports the
same values as QMI. The other serial interfaces + adb export different
values and do not match.
The diag interface only has two endpoints, while the QMI interface has
three. I have therefore added a check for number of interfaces, and we
ignore the interface if the number of endpoints equals two.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Acked-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates license to use SPDX-License-Identifier
instead of verbose license text.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate the assumption that SKBs and SKB list heads can
be cast to eachother in SKB list handling code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate code which assumes that SKBs and skb_queue_head objects
can be cast to eachother during list processing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of direct SKB list pointer accesses.
In these situations, we absolutely know that the SKB queue in question
is non-empty.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use skb_queue_walk() instead.
Adjust inner loop test to utilize and skb_queue_is_first().
Unfortunately we have to keep pkt_cnt around because it is
used by a latter loop in this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent commit updated vlan_cmd.dropnovlan_fm but failed to remove
the older assignment. Fix this by removing the former redundant
assignment.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1473290 ("Unused value")
Fixes: a89cdd8e7c ("cxgb4: impose mandatory VLAN usage when non-zero TAG ID")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added memory barriers where they were missing to support multiple
architectures, and removed redundant ones.
As part of removing the redundant memory barriers and improving
performance, we moved to more relaxed versions of memory barriers,
as well as to the more relaxed version of writel - writel_relaxed,
while maintaining correctness.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add READ_ONCE calls where necessary (for example when iterating
over a memory field that gets updated by the hardware).
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
acquire the rtnl_lock during device destruction to avoid
using partially destroyed device.
ena_remove() shares almost the same logic as ena_destroy_device(),
so use ena_destroy_device() and avoid duplications.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ena_destroy_device() can potentially be called twice.
To avoid this, check that the device is running and
only then proceed destroying it.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ena_destroy_device() is called from ena_suspend(), the device is
still reachable from the driver. Therefore, the driver can send a command
to the device to free all resources.
However, in all other cases of calling ena_destroy_device(), the device is
potentially in an error state and unreachable from the driver. In these
cases the driver must not send commands to the device.
The current implementation does not request resource freeing from the
device even when possible. We add the graceful parameter to
ena_destroy_device() to enable resource freeing when possible, and
use it in ena_suspend().
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The buffer length field in the ena rx descriptor is 16 bit, and the
current driver passes a full page in each ena rx descriptor.
When PAGE_SIZE equals 64kB or more, the buffer length field becomes
zero.
To solve this issue, limit the ena Rx descriptor to use 16kB even
when allocating 64kB kernel pages. This change would not impact ena
device functionality, as 16kB is still larger than maximum MTU.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting with driver version 1.5.0, in case of a surprise device
unplug, there is a race caused by invoking ena_destroy_device()
from two different places. As a result, the readless register might
be accessed after it was destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if failover_register failed, 'err' code should be set correctly
Fixes: cfc80d9a11 ("net: Introduce net_failover driver")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GMAC >= 4 also supports CBS. Lets enable the TC Ops for these versions.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Essentially reverts commit 8fd75c58a0 ("i40e: move ethtool
stats boiler plate code to i40e_ethtool_stats.h", 2018-08-30), and
additionally moves the similar code in i40evf into i40evf_ethtool.c.
The code was intially moved from i40e_ethtool.c into i40e_ethtool_stats.h
as a way of better logically organizing the code. This has two problems.
First, we can't have an inline function with variadic arguments on all
platforms. Second, it gave the appearance that we had plans to share
code between the i40e and i40evf drivers, due to having a near copy of
the contents in the i40evf/i40e_ethtool_stats.h file.
Patches which actually attempt to combine or share code between the i40e
and i40evf drivers have not materialized, and are likely a ways off.
Rather than fixing the one function which causes build issues, just move
this code back into the i40e_ethtool.c and i40evf_ethtool.c files. Note
that we also change these functions back from static inlines to just
statics, since they're no longer in a header file.
We can revisit this if/when work is done to actually attempt to share
code between drivers. Alternatively, this stats code could be made more
generic so that it can be shared across drivers as part of ethtool
kernel work.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case B53_SRAB is enabled, but not B53_SERDES, we can get the
following linking error:
ERROR: "b53_serdes_init" [drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.ko] undefined!
We also need to ifdef the body of b53_srab_serdes_map_lane() since it
would not be used when B53_SERDES is disabled and that would produce a
warning.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a non-zero VLAN Tag ID is passed to t4_set_vlan_acl()
then impose mandatory VLAN Usage with that VLAN ID.
I.e any other VLAN ID should result in packets getting
dropped.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 488752220b ("liquidio: Add spoof checking on a VF MAC address")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 822fb18a82 ("xen-netfront: wait xenbus state change when load
module manually") added a new wait queue to wait on for a state change
when the module is loaded manually. Unfortunately there is no wakeup
anywhere to stop that waiting.
Instead of introducing a new wait queue rename the existing
module_unload_q to module_wq and use it for both purposes (loading and
unloading).
As any state change of the backend might be intended to stop waiting
do the wake_up_all() in any case when netback_changed() is called.
Fixes: 822fb18a82 ("xen-netfront: wait xenbus state change when load module manually")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #4.18
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As you are already in a tasklet, it is unnecessary to call spin_lock_bh.
Signed-off-by: jun qian <hangdianqj@163.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3559d81e76 ("r8169: simplify rtl_hw_start_8169") changed order of
two register writes:
1) Caused RxConfig to be written before TX / RX is enabled,
2) Caused TxConfig to be written before TX / RX is enabled.
At least on XIDs 10000000 ("RTL8169sb/8110sb") and
18000000 ("RTL8169sc/8110sc") such writes are ignored by the chip, leaving
values in these registers intact.
Change 1) was reverted by
commit 05212ba813 ("r8169: set RxConfig after tx/rx is enabled for RTL8169sb/8110sb devices"),
however change 2) wasn't.
In practice, this caused TxConfig's "InterFrameGap time" and "Max DMA Burst
Size per Tx DMA Burst" bits to be zero dramatically reducing TX performance
(in my tests it dropped from around 500Mbps to around 50Mbps).
This patch fixes the issue by moving TxConfig register write a bit later in
the code so it happens after TX / RX is already enabled.
Fixes: 05212ba813 ("r8169: set RxConfig after tx/rx is enabled for RTL8169sb/8110sb devices")
Signed-off-by: Maciej S. Szmigiero <mail@maciej.szmigiero.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both WARN_ON() and WARN_ONCE() already contain an unlikely(), so it's not
necessary to wrap it into another.
Signed-off-by: Igor Stoppa <igor.stoppa@huawei.com>
Cc: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_tc.c: In function 'bnxt_tc_parse_flow':
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnxt/bnxt_tc.c:186:6: warning:
variable 'addr_type' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_vf_device.c: In function 'cn23xx_setup_octeon_vf_device':
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/liquidio/cn23xx_vf_device.c:619:20: warning:
variable 'ring_flag' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Provide the API to set/unset the spoof checking feature.
2. Add a function to periodically provide the count of found
packets with spoof VF MAC address.
3. Prevent VF MAC address changing while the spoofchk of the VF is
on unless the changing MAC address is issued from PF.
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series provides updates to mlx5 ethernet driver.
1) Starting with a four patches series to optimize flow counters updates,
From Vlad Buslov:
==============================================
By default mlx5 driver updates cached counters each second. Update function
consumes noticeable amount of CPU resources. The goal of this patch series
is to optimize update function.
Investigation revealed following bottlenecks in fs counters
implementation:
1) Update code(scheduled each second) iterates over all counters twice.
(first for finding and deleting counters that are marked for deletion,
second iteration is for actually updating the counters)
2) Counters are stored in rb tree. Linear iteration over all rb tree
elements(rb_next in profiling data) consumed ~65% of time spent in
update function.
Following optimizations were implemented:
1) Instead of just marking counters for deletion, store them in
standalone list. This removes first iteration over whole counters tree.
2) Store counters in sorted list to optimize traversing them and remove
calls to rb_next.
First implementation of these changes caused degradation of performance,
instead of improving it. Investigation revealed that there first cache
line of struct mlx5_fc is full and adding anything to it causes amount
of cache misses to double. To mitigate that, following refactorings were
implemented:
- Change 'addlist' list type from double linked to single linked. This
allowes to get free space for one additional pointer that is used to
store deletion list(optimization 1)
- Substitute rb tree with idr. Idr is non-intrusive data structure and
doesn't require adding any new members to struct mlx5_fc. Use free
space that became available for double linked sorted list that is used
for traversing all counters. (optimization 2)
Described changes reduced CPU time spent in mlx5_fc_stats_work from 70%
to 44%. (global perf profile mode)
============================================
The rest of the series are misc updates:
2) From Kamal, Move mlx5e_priv_flags into en_ethtool.c, to avoid a
compilation warning.
3) From Roi Dayan, Move Q counters allocation and drop RQ to init_rx profile
function to avoid allocating Q counters when not required.
4) From Shay Agroskin, Replace PTP clock lock from RW lock to seq lock.
Almost double the packet rate when timestamping is active on multiple TX
queues.
5) From: Natali Shechtman, set ECN for received packets using CQE indication.
6) From: Alaa Hleihel, don't set CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on SCTP packets.
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE is not applicable to SCTP protocol.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbkKzcAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+4bsIAKu61DsZZhJAXfwZ4JXI9fN7
iZ9wOPbPovTrkfRfqatcCa3CBwxM1zZ6WzbVTGGieMsUnxjp4G+LAs7m8J+cmWB2
GsxhO3lsF5iGTcEB5Q5a/TlWlUP0CiPcdNZZe6FvT2Vzil+mLAb3BZgIPKPgoyJW
CmDhIOslfolBJC0s4fc+zVcWrShmKnUwHmVLhkOXpz8cfYBB1fBVGebRTZiYsvbf
8CV4buiYx0Fuq9MSnOwaMuPrUP1IB6DweNbFpg9gRd0k4mmWnoNu3l+g1Flgmd88
RtU4+5PEtZF2kNhH/LeiHRqkZ5f2cmOsIKbDZoX6xwzfYesws8jlDJpL5dIhxZA=
=nxDw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-09-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-09-05
This series provides updates to mlx5 ethernet driver.
1) Starting with a four patches series to optimize flow counters updates,
From Vlad Buslov:
==============================================
By default mlx5 driver updates cached counters each second. Update function
consumes noticeable amount of CPU resources. The goal of this patch series
is to optimize update function.
Investigation revealed following bottlenecks in fs counters
implementation:
1) Update code(scheduled each second) iterates over all counters twice.
(first for finding and deleting counters that are marked for deletion,
second iteration is for actually updating the counters)
2) Counters are stored in rb tree. Linear iteration over all rb tree
elements(rb_next in profiling data) consumed ~65% of time spent in
update function.
Following optimizations were implemented:
1) Instead of just marking counters for deletion, store them in
standalone list. This removes first iteration over whole counters tree.
2) Store counters in sorted list to optimize traversing them and remove
calls to rb_next.
First implementation of these changes caused degradation of performance,
instead of improving it. Investigation revealed that there first cache
line of struct mlx5_fc is full and adding anything to it causes amount
of cache misses to double. To mitigate that, following refactorings were
implemented:
- Change 'addlist' list type from double linked to single linked. This
allowes to get free space for one additional pointer that is used to
store deletion list(optimization 1)
- Substitute rb tree with idr. Idr is non-intrusive data structure and
doesn't require adding any new members to struct mlx5_fc. Use free
space that became available for double linked sorted list that is used
for traversing all counters. (optimization 2)
Described changes reduced CPU time spent in mlx5_fc_stats_work from 70%
to 44%. (global perf profile mode)
============================================
The rest of the series are misc updates:
2) From Kamal, Move mlx5e_priv_flags into en_ethtool.c, to avoid a
compilation warning.
3) From Roi Dayan, Move Q counters allocation and drop RQ to init_rx profile
function to avoid allocating Q counters when not required.
4) From Shay Agroskin, Replace PTP clock lock from RW lock to seq lock.
Almost double the packet rate when timestamping is active on multiple TX
queues.
5) From: Natali Shechtman, set ECN for received packets using CQE indication.
6) From: Alaa Hleihel, don't set CHECKSUM_COMPLETE on SCTP packets.
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE is not applicable to SCTP protocol.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done in order not to trig the below warning in
ieee80211_rx_napi:
WARN_ON_ONCE(softirq_count() == 0);
ieee80211_rx_napi requires that softirq's are disabled during
execution.
The High latency bus drivers (SDIO and USB) sometimes call the wmi
ep_rx_complete callback from non softirq context, resulting in a trigger
of the above warning.
Calling ieee80211_rx_ni with softirq's already disabled (e.g., from
softirq context) should be safe as the local_bh_disable and
local_bh_enable functions (called from ieee80211_rx_ni) are fully
reentrant.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Special HTT RX handling for high latency interfaces.
Since no DMA physical addresses are used in the RX ring
config message (this is not supported by the high latency
devices), no RX ring is allocated.
All RX skb's are allocated by the driver and passed directly
to mac80211 in the HTT RX indication handler.
A nice side effect of this is that no huge buffer will be
allocated with dma_alloc_coherent. On embedded systems with
limited memory resources, the allocation of the RX ring is
prone to fail.
Some tweaks made to "make it work":
Removal of protected bit in 802.11 header frame control field.
The chipset seems to do hw decryption but the frame_control
protected bit is still set.
This is necessary for mac80211 not to drop the frame.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add HTT TX function for HL interfaces.
Intended for SDIO and USB.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Special HTT RX ring config message used by high latency
devices.
The main difference between HL and LL is that HL devices
do not use shared memory between device and host and thus,
no host paddr's are added to the RX config message.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Initial (empty) HTT RX ops for high latency devices.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several DMA related functions (such as the dma_map_xxx functions)
are not used with high latency devices and don't need to be invoked
in this case.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure the value of max_num_peers matches
num_peers in hw_params (if set to a non zero value).
hw_params->num_peers is used in the TLV WMI init command.
If ar->max_num_peers is not set to the same value, there is a risk
that the user creates more peers than the maximum number of peers
supported by the device.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As TARGET_TLV_NUM_TIDS is calculated like this:
#define TARGET_TLV_NUM_TIDS ((TARGET_TLV_NUM_PEERS) * 2)
... it is better to use the per device hw_params.num_peers value in
the TLV init message (if set), rather than using a hard coded value.
This makes the value used in the TLV init message match the hw_param
value.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The bus type is used together with the other hw parameters
to find a matching entry in ath10k_hw_params_list for the device.
This is necessary since HL devices can have the same dev_id and
target_version as a corresponding LL device (same chipset) and
yet use a totally different configuration.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add dev_type parameter to struct ath10k_bus_params.
The dev type specifies if the device is a high latency device (usb and
sdio) or low latency device (pci, ahb and snoc)
The setup of high latency chips is sometimes different than
for chips using low latency interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This struct is used as argument to ath10k_core_register in order to
make it easier to add more bus parameters in the future.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Downloading firmware via BMI protocol takes too long time. For example,
a ~700K bytes firmware takes about 500ms to download via BMI protocol.
This is too long especially in suspend and resume scenario where firmware
is re-downloaded unless WoWLAN is enabled. Downloading firmware via diag CE
can reduce the time to ~40ms for a ~700K bytes firmware binary.
Ath10k driver parses the firmware to segments and downloads the segments
to the specified address directly. If the firmware is compressed or has
unsupported segments, ath10k driver will try BMI download again.
It's tested with QCA6174 hw3.2 and
firmware-6.bin_WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00111-QCARMSWP-1. QCA9377 is also affected.
Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To download firmware via diag interface, driver needs to write the target
memory space below 1M. It means the bit20 should be zero for the converted
address if the target memory space is below 1M. Otherwise, bit20 is one if
the target address is larger or equal to 1M space.
As downloading firmware via diag interface is only required for qca6174
and qca9377, a new specific function is introduced to convert the target
address to ce address: ath10k_pci_qca6174_targ_cpu_to_ce_addri().
This function supports to convert any target address to ce address.
It's tested with QCA6174 hw3.2 and
firmware-6.bin_WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00111-QCARMSWP-1. QCA9377 is also affected.
Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delay 1ms is too long for both diag read and write operations.
This is observed when writing a big memory buffer to target or
reading a big memory buffer from target. Take writing/reading
512k bytes as example, the delay itself is 256ms as the maximum
length of every write/read is 2k size.
Reduce the delay to 50us for read and write operations.
Take the ath10k_pci_targ_cpu_to_ce_addr() out of loop and put it
in the beginning of the loop for ath10k_pci_diag_read_mem().
The ath10k_pci_targ_cpu_to_ce_addr() is to convert the address
from target cpu's perspective to CE's perspective, so it makes
no sense to convert a CE's perspective address again in the loop.
It's a wrong implementation but happens to work.
If the target address is below 1M space, then the convert in the loop
from the second time becomes wrong because the previously converted address
is larger than 1M. The counterpart ath10k_pci_diag_write_mem() has the
correct implementation.
With this change, ath10k_pci_diage_read_mem() works correctly no matter
the target address is below 1M or above 1M.
It's tested with QCA6174 hw3.2 and
firmware-6.bin_WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00111-QCARMSWP-1. QCA9377 is also affected.
Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Average ack rssi value is weighted average of ack rssi for
no of msdu's has been sent.
This feature is enabled by the host driver if firmware is capable.
After receiving event from host, firmware allocates the necessary
memory to store the ack_rssi for data packets during the init time.
After each successful transmission, If tx completion status is OK
and 24th bit is set in HTT message header then host will fetch the
ack_rssi else host can ignore the ack_rssi field.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
array "ctl_power_table" access index "pream" is initialized with -1 and
is raised as a static analysis tool issue.
[drivers\net\wireless\ath\ath10k\wmi.c:4719] ->
[drivers\net\wireless\ath\ath10k\wmi.c:4730]: (error) Array index -1 is
out of bounds.
Since the "pream" index for accessing ctl_power_table array is initialized
with -1, there is a chance of memory access violation for the cases below.
1) wmi_pdev_tpc_final_table_event change frequency is between 2483 and 5180
2) pream_idx is out of the enumeration ranges of wmi_tpc_pream_2ghz,
wmi_tpc_pream_5ghz
Signed-off-by: K.T.VIJAYAKUMAAR <vijay.bvb@samsung.com>
[kvalo@codeaurora.org: clean up the warning message]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds 'tx_stats' in per station debugfs entry.
Use this command to dump tx_stats:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/netdev\:wlan0/
stations/<MACADDR>/tx_stats
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds per station tx statistics support.
Per station tx stats include
- pkts/bytes transmitted at all possible rates(mcs/nss/bw/gi).
- ACK fails count
- ampdu bytes/pkts transmitted at all possible rates(mcs/nss/bw/gi).
- BA fails count
Tested on QCA9984/QCA4019/QCA988x
Firmware: 10.4-3.5.3-00057
10.2.4-1.0-00037
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds debugfs entry to enable/disable extended
tx statistics. Extended tx statistics are from peer stats
feature.
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Get the legacy rate index to update the pkts/bytes counter
against each possible tx rate.
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The comparison of cid >= 0 is always true because cid is of type u8
(8 bits, unsigned).
Fix this by removing such comparison and updating the type of
variable cid to u8 in the caller function.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1473079 ("Unsigned compared against 0")
Fixes: b9010f105f ("wil6210: add FT roam support for AP and station")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
WCN3990 target uses separate htc service for pktlog.
Add pktlog service request and support for pktlog
rx path handling.
Testing:
Tested on WCN3990 and QCA6174 HW.
Tested FW: WLAN.HL.2.0-01192-QCAHLSWMTPLZ-1,
WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00109-QCARMSWPZ-1
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Existing copy engine interrupt enable logic assumes that last
CE is using polling mode and due to this interrupt for last copy engine
are always disabled. WCN3990 uses last CE for pktlog and
interrupt remains disabled with existing logic.
To mitigate this issue, introduce CE_ATTR_POLL flag and control
the interrupt based on the flag which can be set in ce_attr.
Testing:
Tested on WCN3990 and QCA6174 HW.
Tested FW: WLAN.HL.2.0-01192-QCAHLSWMTPLZ-1,
WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00109-QCARMSWPZ-1
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To support dual-band variant of QCA9984, new extended board data (eBDF)
is introduced since existing board data ran out of space.
Below is the brief implementation & design detail,
----------------------------------------------------
1. New OTP changes to inform eBDF support in existing OTP download to
fetch board ID and chip ID. This is backward compatible and older
card sends 0 by default for eBDF support bit (bit 18 of OTP response) we
check in ath10k driver.
2. If eBDF is supported, then we need to fetch eBDF ID which is bundled
in downloaded board data. So again OTP is executed for knowing the eBDF ID.
This is done once we set 'board_data_initialized' bit. If eBDF ID
returned is zero, we continue booting with previous board data downloaded.
3. Based on the eBDF ID fetched, ath10k driver tries to download the
extended board data to a new offset ahead of already downloaded board
data address.
4. A new BD IE type, ATH10K_BD_IE_BOARD_EXT is added to differentiate in
bundling eBDF separately in board-2.bin and also to parse through
board bundle for eBDF download in ath10k boot.
5. If eBDF is not present in the board-2.bin bundle or when board ID is
zero, we do a fallback boot to "eboard.bin" in the same QCA9984/hw1.0 dir.
This is same as done to existing "board.bin" if board ID is not present
in board-2.bin bundle.
Current design is that eBDF size will be 2KB and eBDF ID will be
byte value.
Tested the above changes with dual-band variant of QCA9984 card. OTP
update needed for the test will be part of next FW release 10.4-3.6-xxxx.
Below are the logs with ath10k BOOT debugs enabled.
First OTP response :
---------------------
..
boot upload otp to 0x1234 len 9478 for board id
boot get otp board id result 0x00040400 board_id 1 chip_id 0 ext_bid_support 1
..
Second OTP response :
---------------------
..
boot upload otp to 0x1234 len 9478 for ext board id
boot get otp ext board id result 0x00000005 ext_board_id 5
boot using eboard name 'bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-eboard-id=5'
..
Extended board data download:
------------------------------
..
board name
00000000: 62 75 73 3d 70 63 69 2c 62 6d 69 2d 63 68 69 70 bus=pci,bmi-chip
00000010: 2d 69 64 3d 30 2c 62 6d 69 2d 65 62 6f 61 72 64 -id=0,bmi-eboard
00000020: 2d 69 64 3d 35 -id=5
boot found match for name 'bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-eboard-id=5'
boot found eboard data for 'bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-eboard-id=5'
using board api 2
boot writing ext board data to addr 0xc3000
..
Fallback Extended board data download from "eboard.bin":
---------------------------------------------------------
..
board name
00000000: 62 75 73 3d 70 63 69 2c 62 6d 69 2d 63 68 69 70 bus=pci,bmi-chip
00000010: 2d 69 64 3d 30 2c 62 6d 69 2d 62 6f 61 72 64 2d -id=0,bmi-board-
00000020: 69 64 3d 31 30 id=10
failed to fetch board data for bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-eboard-id=5 from ath10k/QCA9984/hw1.0/board-2.bin
boot fw request 'ath10k/QCA9984/hw1.0/eboard.bin': 0
using board api 1
boot writing ext board data to addr 0xc3000
..
Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Just moving functions down in the file, no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add support for the Northstar Plus SerDes which is accessed through a
special page of the switch. Since this is something that most people
probably will not want to use, make it a configurable option with a
default on ARCH_BCM_NSP where it is the most useful currently.
The SerDes supports both SGMII and 1000baseX modes for both lanes, and
2500baseX for one of the lanes, and is internally looking like a
seemingly standard MII PHY, except for the few bits that got repurposed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for PHYLINK, things are reasonably straight forward since we
do not yet support SerDes interfaces, that leaves us with just
MLO_AN_PHY and MLO_AN_FIXED to deal with.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the logic from b53_adjust_link() responsible for overriding a
given port's link, speed, duplex and pause settings and make two helper
functions to set the port's configuration and the port's link settings.
We will make use of both, as separate functions while adding PHYLINK
support next.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the SRAB driver to manage per-port interrupts. Since we cannot
sleep during b53_io_ops, schedule a workqueue whenever we get a port
specific interrupt. We will later make use of this to call back into
PHYLINK when there is e.g: a link state change.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some switches expose individual interrupt line(s) for port specific
event(s), allow configuring these interrupts at an appropriate time
during port_enable/disable callbacks where all port specific resources
are known to be set-up and ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new qed firmware with fixes and support for new features.
Fixes:
- Fix a rare case of device crash with iWARP, iSCSI or FCoE offload.
- Fix GRE tunneled traffic when iWARP offload is enabled.
- Fix RoCE failure in ib_send_bw when using inline data.
- Fix latency optimization flow for inline WQEs.
- BigBear 100G fix
RDMA:
- Reduce task context size.
- Application page sizes above 2GB support.
- Performance improvements.
ETH:
- Tenant DCB support.
- Replace RSS indirection table update interface.
Misc:
- Debug Tools changes.
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes some declaration more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Reviewed-by: Raghuram Chary Jallipalli <raghuramchary.jallipalli@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adopt the SPDX license identifier headers to ease license compliance
management.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for this strcpy because alloc_etherdev() already
does this job.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Reviewed-by: Raghuram Chary Jallipalli <raghuramchary.jallipalli@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to bail out if lan78xx_get_endpoints() fails, otherwise the
result is overwritten.
Fixes: 55d7de9de6 ("Microchip's LAN7800 family USB 2/3 to 10/100/1000 Ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Reviewed-by: Raghuram Chary Jallipalli <raghuramchary.jallipalli@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN and GRE FW features have to currently be both advertised
for the driver to enable them. Separate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the accesses to rtsyms now all going via special helpers
we can easily make sure the driver is not reading past the
end of the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ease of debug preface all error messages with the name
of the symbol which caused them. Use the same message format
for existing messages while at it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the error and report value through the output param.
Fixes: 640917dd81 ("nfp: support access to absolute RTsyms")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/net_failover.c: In function 'net_failover_slave_unregister':
drivers/net/net_failover.c:598:35: warning:
variable 'primary_dev' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
There should check the validity of 'slave_dev'.
Fixes: cfc80d9a11 ("net: Introduce net_failover driver")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE is not applicable to SCTP protocol.
Setting it for SCTP packets leads to CRC32c validation failure.
Fixes: bbceefce9a ("net/mlx5e: Support RX CHECKSUM_COMPLETE")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In multi-host (MH) NIC scheme, a single HW port serves multiple hosts
or sockets on the same host.
The HW uses a mechanism in the PCIe buffer which monitors
the amount of consumed PCIe buffers per host.
On a certain configuration, under congestion,
the HW emulates a switch doing ECN marking on packets using ECN
indication on the completion descriptor (CQE).
The driver needs to set the ECN bits on the packet SKB,
such that the network stack can react on that, this commit does that.
Signed-off-by: Natali Shechtman <natali@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Changed "priv.clock.lock" lock from 'rw_lock' to 'seq_lock'
in order to improve packet rate performance.
Tested on Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2660 v2 @ 2.20GHz.
Sent 64b packets between two peers connected by ConnectX-5,
and measured packet rate for the receiver in three modes:
no time-stamping (base rate)
time-stamping using rw_lock (old lock) for critical region
time-stamping using seq_lock (new lock) for critical region
Only the receiver time stamped its packets.
The measured packet rate improvements are:
Single flow (multiple TX rings to single RX ring):
without timestamping: 4.26 (M packets)/sec
with rw-lock (old lock): 4.1 (M packets)/sec
with seq-lock (new lock): 4.16 (M packets)/sec
1.46% improvement
Multiple flows (multiple TX rings to six RX rings):
without timestamping: 22 (M packets)/sec
with rw-lock (old lock): 11.7 (M packets)/sec
with seq-lock (new lock): 21.3 (M packets)/sec
82.05% improvement
The packet rate improvement is due to the lack of atomic operations
for the 'readers' by the seq-lock.
Since there are much more 'readers' than 'writers' contention
on this lock, almost all atomic operations are saved.
this results in a dramatic decrease in overall
cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Shay Agroskin <shayag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Not all profiles query the HW Q counters in update_stats() callback.
HW Q couners are limited per device and in case of representors all
their Q counters are allocated on the parent PF device.
Avoid reundant allocation of HW Q counters by moving the allocation
to init_rx profile callback.
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move the definition of mlx5e_priv_flags into en_ethtool.c because it's
only used there.
Fixes: 4e59e28881 ("net/mlx5e: Introduce net device priv flags infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Previous patch in series changed flow counter storage structure from
rb_tree to linked list in order to improve flow counter traversal
performance. The drawback of such solution is that flow counter lookup by
id becomes linear in complexity.
Store pointers to flow counters in idr in order to improve lookup
performance to logarithmic again. Idr is non-intrusive data structure and
doesn't require extending flow counter struct with new elements. This means
that idr can be used for lookup, while linked list from previous patch is
used for traversal, and struct mlx5_fc size is <= 2 cache lines.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to improve performance of flow counter stats query loop that
traverses all configured flow counters, replace rb_tree with double-linked
list. This change improves performance of traversing flow counters by
removing the tree traversal. (profiling data showed that call to rb_next
was most top CPU consumer)
However, lookup of flow flow counter in list becomes linear, instead of
logarithmic. This problem is fixed by next patch in series, which adds idr
for fast lookup. Idr is to be used because it is not an intrusive data
structure and doesn't require adding any new members to struct mlx5_fc,
which allows its control data part to stay <= 1 cache line in size.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to prevent flow counters stats work function from traversing whole
flow counters tree while searching for deleted flow counters, new list to
store deleted flow counters is added to struct mlx5_fc_stats. Lockless
NULL-terminated single linked list data type is used due to following
reasons:
- This use case only needs to add single element to list and
remove/iterate whole list. Lockless list doesn't require any additional
synchronization for these operations.
- First cache line of flow counter data structure only has space to store
single additional pointer, which precludes usage of double linked list.
Remove flow counter 'deleted' flag that is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In order to prevent flow counters stats work function from traversing whole
flow counters tree while searching for deleted flow counters, new list to
store deleted flow counters will be added to struct mlx5_fc_stats. However,
the flow counter structure itself has no space left to store any more data
in first cache line. To free space that is needed to store additional list
node, convert current addlist double linked list (two pointers per node) to
atomic single linked list (one pointer per node).
Lockless NULL-terminated single linked list data type doesn't require any
additional external synchronization for operations used by flow counters
module (add single new element, remove all elements from list and traverse
them). Remove addlist_lock that is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is a false positive report due to incorrect nested lock
annotations as we lock multiple fgs with the same subclass.
Instead of locking all fgs only lock the one being used as was
done before.
Fixes: bd71b08ec2 ("net/mlx5: Support multiple updates of steering rules in parallel")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Copy and paste bug was introduced in the offending patch.
We need to write udp source port value into the headers value and not
headers criteria "mask".
Fixes: 142644f8a1 ("net/mlx5e: Ethtool steering flow parsing refactoring")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, mlx5_attach_interface does not check for error
after calling intf->attach or intf->add. When these two calls
fails, the client is not initialized and will cause issues such as
kernel panic on invalid address in the teardown path (mlx5_detach_interface)
Fixes: 737a234bb6 ("net/mlx5: Introduce attach/detach to interface API")
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The PCI BDF is not unique. PCI domain must also be considered when
searching for the next physical device during lag setup. Example below:
mlx5_core 0000:01:00.0: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
mlx5_core 0000:01:00.1: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
mlx5_core 0001:01:00.0: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
mlx5_core 0001:01:00.1: MLX5E: StrdRq(1) RqSz(8) StrdSz(128) RxCqeCmprss(0)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If building match list fg fails and we never jumped to
search_again_locked label then the function returned without
unlocking the read lock.
Fixes: bd71b08ec2 ("net/mlx5: Support multiple updates of steering rules in parallel")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The memory allocated for the slow path table flow group input structure
was not freed upon successful return, fix that.
Fixes: 1967ce6ea5 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Refactor fast path FDB table creation in switchdev mode")
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Minimal stride size is 16.
Hence, the number of strides in a fragment (of PAGE_SIZE)
is <= PAGE_SIZE / 16 <= 4K.
u16 is sufficient to represent this.
Fixes: d7037ad73d ("net/mlx5: Fix QP fragmented buffer allocation")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Minimal stride size is 16.
Hence, the number of strides in a fragment (of PAGE_SIZE)
is <= PAGE_SIZE / 16 <= 4K.
u16 is sufficient to represent this.
Fixes: 388ca8be00 ("IB/mlx5: Implement fragmented completion queue (CQ)")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When initializing the device (procedure init_one), the driver
calls mlx5_pci_init to perform pci initialization. As part of this
initialization, mlx5_pci_init creates a debugfs directory.
If this creation fails, init_one aborts, returning failure to
the caller (which is the probe method caller).
The main reason for such a failure to occur is if the debugfs
directory already exists. This can happen if the last time
mlx5_pci_close was called, debugfs_remove (silently) failed due
to the debugfs directory not being empty.
Guarantee that such a debugfs_remove failure will not occur by
instead calling debugfs_remove_recursive in procedure mlx5_pci_close.
Fixes: 59211bd3b6 ("net/mlx5: Split the load/unload flow into hardware and software flows")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When the mlx5 health mechanism detects a problem while the driver
is in the middle of init_one or remove_one, the driver needs to prevent
the health mechanism from scheduling future work; if future work
is scheduled, there is a problem with use-after-free: the system WQ
tries to run the work item (which has been freed) at the scheduled
future time.
Prevent this by disabling work item scheduling in the health mechanism
when the driver is in the middle of init_one() or remove_one().
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
With performance optimization the spi transfer and messages of basic
register operations like qcaspi_read_register moved into the private
driver structure. But they weren't protected against mutual access
(e.g. between driver kthread and ethtool). So dumping the QCA7000
registers via ethtool during network traffic could make spi_sync
hang forever, because the completion in spi_message is overwritten.
So revert the optimization completely.
Fixes: 291ab06ecf ("net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA700")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA allocated memory is lost in be_cmd_get_profile_config() when we
call it with non-NULL port_res parameter.
Signed-off-by: Petr Oros <poros@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/microchip/lan743x_ptp.c:980:6: warning:
symbol 'lan743x_ptp_set_sync_ts_insert' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/ipoib/ipoib.c:119:6: warning:
symbol 'mlx5i_grp_sw_update_stats' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC-aware mode was recently enabled by mlxsw on Spectrum switches in
commit 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw
ports"). Unfortunately, testing has shown that the fix is incomplete and
in the presented form actually makes the problem even worse, because any
amount of MC traffic causes UC disruption.
The reason for this is that currently, mlxsw configures the MC-specific
TCs (8..15) to map to pool 0. It also configures a maximum buffer size
of 0, but for MC traffic that maximum is disregarded and not part of the
quota. Therefore MC traffic is always admitted to the egress buffer.
Fix the configuration by directing the MC TCs into pool 15, which is
dedicated to MC traffic and recognized as such by the silicon.
Fixes: 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align to new 11ax draft D3.0. Change/add new MAC and PHY capabilities
and update drivers' 11ax capabilities and mac80211's debugfs
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow for the RDMA side to allocate packet reformat context.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Currently we attach packet reformat actions only to the FDB namespace.
In preparation to be able to use that for NIC steering, pass the actual
namespace as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Renames all encap mlx5_{core,ib} code to use the new naming of packet
reformat. This change doesn't introduce any function change and is
needed to properly reflect the operation being done by this action.
For example not only can we encapsulate a packet, but also decapsulate it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Those bits are hardware specification and should be defined in the
IFC header file.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Today we are able to attach encap and decap actions only to the FDB. In
preparation to enable those actions on the NIC flow tables, break the
single flag into two. Those flags control whatever a decap or encap
operations can be attached to the flow table created. For FDB, if
encapsulation is required, we set both of them.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
There are RX and TX flow steering namespaces with different number of
actions. Initialize them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Those functions will be used by the RDMA side to create modify header
actions to be attached to flow steering rules via verbs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Extend the ability to add steering rules to NIC TX flow tables.
For now, we are only adding TX bypass (egress) which is used by the RDMA
side. This will allow to shape outgoing traffic and tweak it if needed, for
example performing encapsulation or rewriting headers.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Refactor the switch logic so it's simpler to follow and understand.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Not all SFPs implement the registers containing sensor limits and
alarms. Luckily, there is a bit indicating if they are implemented or
not. Add checking for this bit, when deciding if the hwmon attributes
should be visible.
Fixes: 1323061a01 ("net: phy: sfp: Add HWMON support for module sensors")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1077614 ("Missing break in switch")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the formula for calculating the RQ page remainder,
which should be in byte granularity. The result will be
non-zero only for RQs smaller than PAGE_SIZE, as an RQ size
is a power of 2.
Divide this by the SQ stride (MLX5_SEND_WQE_BB) to get the
SQ offset in strides granularity.
Fixes: d7037ad73d ("net/mlx5: Fix QP fragmented buffer allocation")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the DT binding, it is specified nowhere that 'vsc8531,led-%d-mode' is
an u8, even though it's read as an u8 in the driver.
Let's update the driver to take into consideration that the
'vsc8531,led-%d-mode' property is of the default type u32.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the DT binding, it is specified nowhere that 'vsc8531,edge-slowdown'
is an u8, even though it's read as an u8 in the driver.
Let's update the driver to take into consideration that the
'vsc8531,edge-slowdown' property is of the default type u32.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the DT binding, it is specified nowhere that 'vsc8531,vddmac' is an
u16, even though it's read as an u16 in the driver.
Let's update the driver to take into consideration that the
'vsc8531,vddmac' property is of the default type u32.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Microsemi PHYs support different LED modes depending on the variant, so
let's factorize the code so we just have to give the supported modes
while the logic behind getting the mode remains identical.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LEDs modes are set the same way, except they are offset by 4 times the
index of the LED.
Let's factorize all the code so that it's easier to add support for the
4 LEDs of the VSC8584 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the alloc/dealloc memic FW command opcodes to
avoid "unknown command" prints in the command string
converter and internal error status handler.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Replace "fall though" with a proper "fall through" annotation.
This fix is part of the ongoing efforts to enabling
-Wimplicit-fallthrough
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove set but unused variables from _rtl88ee_hw_configure() and
_rtl8723e_hw_configure().
Signed-off-by: Kevin Lo <kevlo@kevlo.org>
Acked-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_hal.c: In function 'rsi_send_data_pkt':
drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_hal.c:288:5: warning:
variable 'header_size' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
'tx_params' only used for 'header_size' dereferenced,so also
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Both WARN_ON() and WARN_ON_ONCE() already contain unlikely().
Signed-off-by: Igor Stoppa <igor.stoppa@huawei.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Linux Kernel Mailing List <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Linux Wireless Mailing List <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The Realtek rtl8188ctv (0x0bda:0x018a) is a highly integrated single-chip
WLAN USB2.0 network interface controller.
Currently rtl8188ctv is supported by rtlwifi driver.
It is similar to the rtl8188cus(0x0bda:0x818a) and uses the same config.
Signed-off-by: Aleksei Mamlin <mamlinav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enable the use of CQM_RSSI_LIST with mt76-devices. The change has been
tested with the mt7602, mt7603 and mt7621 PCI wifi-cards. I passed a
list of RSSI thresholds to the driver, and when disconnecting/connecting
the antenna(s) I got an event each time the RSSI went above/below a
threshold.
While I have not been able to test the change with any of the mt76
USB-devices (no access to a device), the RX RSSI management code is
shared between the two device types. Thus, CQM should also work with the
mt76 USB-devices.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove the following unused routines for usb buffer
allocation/free/submit:
- mt76x0_usb_alloc_buf
- mt76x0_usb_free_buf
- mt76x0_usb_submit_buf
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use mt76u_mcu_fw_send_data utility routine for firmware uploading and
remove unused __mt76x0_dma_fw/mt76x0_dma_fw functions
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove no longer used mt76x0_mcu data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use mt76u_mcu_send_msg/__mt76u_mcu_send_msg utility routines to
send commands to usb mcu. Remove following unused routines:
- mt76x0_mcu_wait_resp
- __mt76x0_mcu_msg_send
- mt76x0_mcu_msg_send
- mt76x0_dma_skb_wrap_cmd
- trace_mt_mcu_msg_send_cs
- mt76x0_mcu_cmd_deinit
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delete core.c source file since, removing mt76x0_wait_asic_ready
routine, it is no longer needed
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove mt76x0_vendor_request routine and use
mt76u_vendor_request utility function from mt76-usb
layer in mt76x0_upload_firmware
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove mt76x0_complete_urb routine and use mt76u_mcu_complete_urb utility
function as usb mcu completion handler
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use mt76 usb shared completion data structure in
mt76x0_mcu_wait_resp routine and remove mt76x0
private one
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove mt76x0_mcu_msg_alloc duplicated routine and use mt76u_mcu_msg_alloc
utility function for usb mcu message allocation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove mt76x0_vendor_single_wr routine and use mt76u_single_wr
utility function for mcu firmware loading
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove mt76x0_vendor_reset duplicated routine and use mt76u_mcu_fw_reset
utility function for mcu fw reset
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use mt76u_init utility routine for usb initialization.
Moreover remove following unused routines:
- mt76x0_rr
- mt76x0_wr
- mt76x0_rmw
- mt76x0_wr_copy
- mt76x0_assign_pipes
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce multiple regs read support to mcu layer in mt76-usb module.
Multiple regs read will be reused by mt76x0 driver in usb mcu layer
unification between mt76x0 and mt76x2u drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move mt76x2u_mcu_deinit routine in usb_mcu layer in order to
be reused by mt76x0 driver in usb mcu layer unification between
mt76x0 and mt76x2u drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Split __mt76u_mcu_send_msg and mt76u_mcu_send_msg in order to be reused
by mt76x0 driver in usb mcu layer unification between mt76x0 and
mt76x2u drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move common definition of mt76_reg_pair in mt76.h
and remove duplicated code in mt76x2_init_common.c
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use common mt76x02_sta and mt76x02_tx_status structures in mt76x0 sub-driver.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Second part of unifying mt76x02_sta structure between mt76x0 and mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
First part of unifying mt76x02_sta structure between mt76x0 and mt76x2.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
